Suppress -fstack-protector warning on hppa.
[official-gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
blob082a7c62f34d7e73abb046bf949f4b8cc1ed3cf6
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
55 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
56 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
57 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
58 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
59 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
60 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
65 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
66 \n\
67 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
69 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
70 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
71 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
72 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
74 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
79 DEFHOOK
80 (integer,
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
84 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
87 \n\
88 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
92 NULL. */
93 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
94 default_assemble_integer)
96 /* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label. */
97 DEFHOOK
98 (post_cfi_startproc,
99 "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
100 after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\
101 write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\
102 expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
104 The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
105 void, (FILE *, tree),
106 hook_void_FILEptr_tree)
108 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
109 decl. */
110 DEFHOOK
111 (decl_end,
112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
113 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
114 void, (void),
115 hook_void_void)
117 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
118 DEFHOOK
119 (globalize_label,
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
122 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
124 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
125 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
126 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
127 default_globalize_label)
129 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
130 DEFHOOK
131 (globalize_decl_name,
132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
133 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
134 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
136 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
137 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
139 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (assemble_undefined_decl,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
144 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
145 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
146 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
149 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
150 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
151 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
152 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
153 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
154 DEFHOOK
155 (emit_unwind_label,
156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
157 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
158 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
159 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
160 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
161 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
162 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
164 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
165 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
166 default_emit_unwind_label)
168 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
169 DEFHOOK
170 (emit_except_table_label,
171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
172 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
173 to be broken up according to function.\n\
175 The default is that no label is emitted.",
176 void, (FILE *stream),
177 default_emit_except_table_label)
179 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
180 DEFHOOK
181 (emit_except_personality,
182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\n\
183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\n\
184 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
185 void, (rtx personality),
186 NULL)
188 /* If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle
189 indirection. This is used when the assembler supports CFI directives. */
190 DEFHOOK
191 (make_eh_symbol_indirect,
192 "If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle indirection.\n\
193 The original symbol is in @code{origsymbol} and if @code{pubvis} is true\n\
194 the symbol is visible outside the TU.",
195 rtx, (rtx origsymbol, bool pubvis),
196 NULL)
198 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
199 DEFHOOK
200 (unwind_emit,
201 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
202 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
203 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
204 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
205 NULL)
207 DEFHOOKPOD
208 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
209 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\n\
210 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\n\
211 be called afterward.",
212 bool, true)
214 /* Return true if the target needs extra instructions to restore the current
215 frame address after a DW_CFA_restore_state opcode. */
216 DEFHOOK
217 (should_restore_cfa_state,
218 "For DWARF-based unwind frames, two CFI instructions provide for save and\n\
219 restore of register state. GCC maintains the current frame address (CFA)\n\
220 separately from the register bank but the unwinder in libgcc preserves this\n\
221 state along with the registers (and this is expected by the code that writes\n\
222 the unwind frames). This hook allows the target to specify that the CFA data\n\
223 is not saved/restored along with the registers by the target unwinder so that\n\
224 suitable additional instructions should be emitted to restore it.",
225 bool, (void),
226 hook_bool_void_false)
228 /* Generate an internal label.
229 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
230 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
231 (generate_internal_label,
233 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
234 default_generate_internal_label)
236 /* Output an internal label. */
237 DEFHOOK
238 (internal_label,
239 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
240 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
242 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
243 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
244 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
246 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
247 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
248 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
249 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
250 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
252 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
253 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
254 default_internal_label)
256 /* Output label for the constant. */
257 DEFHOOK
258 (declare_constant_name,
259 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
260 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
261 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
262 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
263 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
264 will be an internal label.\n\
266 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
267 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
269 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
270 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
271 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
273 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
274 DEFHOOK
275 (ttype,
276 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
277 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
278 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
279 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
280 bool, (rtx sym),
281 hook_bool_rtx_false)
283 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
284 associated with the tree decl. */
285 DEFHOOK
286 (assemble_visibility,
287 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
288 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
289 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
290 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
291 default_assemble_visibility)
293 DEFHOOK
294 (print_patchable_function_entry,
295 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
296 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
297 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
298 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
299 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
300 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
301 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
302 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
304 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
305 DEFHOOK
306 (function_prologue,
307 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
308 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
309 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
310 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
311 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
312 code should be output.\n\
314 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
315 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
317 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
318 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
319 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
320 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
321 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
322 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
323 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
325 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
326 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
327 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
328 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
329 registers are used in the function.\n\
331 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
332 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
333 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
334 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
335 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
336 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
337 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
339 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
340 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
341 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
342 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
343 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
344 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
345 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
346 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
347 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
348 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
349 void, (FILE *file),
350 default_function_pro_epilogue)
352 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
353 DEFHOOK
354 (function_end_prologue,
355 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
356 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
357 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
358 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
359 void, (FILE *file),
360 no_asm_to_stream)
362 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
363 DEFHOOK
364 (function_begin_epilogue,
365 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
366 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
367 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
368 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
369 void, (FILE *file),
370 no_asm_to_stream)
372 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
373 DEFHOOK
374 (function_epilogue,
375 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
376 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
377 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
378 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
379 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
380 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
381 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
383 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
384 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
385 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
386 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
388 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
389 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
390 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
391 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
392 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
393 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
395 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
396 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
397 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
398 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
399 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
400 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
402 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
403 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
404 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
405 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
407 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
408 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
409 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
410 number of arguments.\n\
412 @findex pops_args\n\
413 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
414 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
415 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
416 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
417 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
418 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
419 void, (FILE *file),
420 default_function_pro_epilogue)
422 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
423 DEFHOOK
424 (init_sections,
425 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
426 @file{varasm.cc} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
427 of its own that you need to create.\n\
429 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
430 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
431 described below.",
432 void, (void),
433 hook_void_void)
435 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
436 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
437 which this section is associated. */
438 DEFHOOK
439 (named_section,
440 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
441 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
442 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
443 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
444 this section is associated.",
445 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
446 default_no_named_section)
448 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
449 declaration, using their numerical value. */
450 DEFHOOK
451 (elf_flags_numeric,
452 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
453 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
454 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
455 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
456 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
457 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
458 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
459 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
460 is emitted.",
461 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
462 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
464 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
465 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
466 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
467 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
468 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
469 (from static destructors).
470 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
471 DEFHOOK
472 (function_section,
473 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
474 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
475 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
476 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
477 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
478 (from static destructors).\n\
479 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
480 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
481 default_function_section)
483 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
484 DEFHOOK
485 (function_switched_text_sections,
486 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\n\
487 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\n\
488 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\n\
489 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\n\
490 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
491 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
492 default_function_switched_text_sections)
494 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
495 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
496 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
497 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
498 DEFHOOK
499 (reloc_rw_mask,
500 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
501 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
502 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
503 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
505 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
506 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
507 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
508 in read-only sections even in executables.",
509 int, (void),
510 default_reloc_rw_mask)
512 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
513 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */
514 DEFHOOK
515 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
516 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
517 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
519 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
520 equals true and false otherwise",
521 bool, (void),
522 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
524 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
525 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
526 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
527 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
528 DEFHOOK
529 (select_section,
530 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
531 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
532 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
533 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
534 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
535 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
537 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
538 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
540 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
541 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
542 default_select_section)
544 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
545 alignment in bits. */
546 DEFHOOK
547 (select_rtx_section,
548 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
549 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
550 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
551 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
552 in bits.\n\
554 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
555 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
556 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
557 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
558 default_select_rtx_section)
560 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
561 for SELECT_SECTION. */
562 DEFHOOK
563 (unique_section,
564 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
565 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
566 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
567 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
569 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
570 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
571 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
572 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
573 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
574 default_unique_section)
576 /* Return the readonly data or relocated readonly data section
577 associated with function DECL. */
578 DEFHOOK
579 (function_rodata_section,
580 "Return the readonly data or reloc readonly data section associated with\n\
581 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}. @var{relocatable} selects the latter\n\
582 over the former.\n\
583 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
584 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
585 or @code{.data.rel.ro.name} if function is in @code{.text.name}, and\n\
586 the normal readonly-data or reloc readonly data section otherwise.",
587 section *, (tree decl, bool relocatable),
588 default_function_rodata_section)
590 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
591 for mergeable data sections. */
592 DEFHOOKPOD
593 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
594 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
595 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
596 the string if a different section name should be used.",
597 const char *, ".rodata")
599 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
600 DEFHOOK
601 (tm_clone_table_section,
602 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\n\
603 tables.",
604 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
606 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
607 DEFHOOK
608 (constructor,
609 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
610 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
612 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
613 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
614 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
615 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
617 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
618 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
619 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
620 is not defined.",
621 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
623 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
624 DEFHOOK
625 (destructor,
626 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
627 functions rather than initialization functions.",
628 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
630 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
631 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
632 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
633 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
634 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
635 DEFHOOK
636 (output_mi_thunk,
637 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
638 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
639 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
640 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
641 the real function.\n\
643 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
644 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
645 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
646 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
647 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
648 all other incoming arguments.\n\
650 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
651 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
652 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
654 @smallexample\n\
655 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
656 @end smallexample\n\
658 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
659 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
660 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
661 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
663 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
664 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
665 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
666 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
668 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
669 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
670 some targets, but probably not.\n\
672 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
673 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
674 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
675 not support varargs.",
676 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
677 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
678 NULL)
680 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
681 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
682 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
683 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
684 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
685 text to the output file. */
686 DEFHOOK
687 (can_output_mi_thunk,
688 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
689 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
690 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
691 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
692 previously exposed.",
693 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
694 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
695 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
697 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
698 translation unit. */
699 DEFHOOK
700 (file_start,
701 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
702 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
703 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
704 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
705 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
706 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
707 void, (void),
708 default_file_start)
710 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
711 DEFHOOK
712 (file_end,
713 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
714 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
715 void, (void),
716 hook_void_void)
718 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
719 LTO output stream. */
720 DEFHOOK
721 (lto_start,
722 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
723 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
724 nothing.",
725 void, (void),
726 hook_void_void)
728 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
729 LTO output stream. */
730 DEFHOOK
731 (lto_end,
732 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
733 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
734 nothing.",
735 void, (void),
736 hook_void_void)
738 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
739 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
740 DEFHOOK
741 (code_end,
742 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
743 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
744 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
745 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
746 nothing.",
747 void, (void),
748 hook_void_void)
750 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
751 external. */
752 DEFHOOK
753 (external_libcall,
754 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
755 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
756 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
757 void, (rtx symref),
758 default_external_libcall)
760 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
761 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
762 DEFHOOK
763 (mark_decl_preserved,
764 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
765 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
766 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
767 void, (const char *symbol),
768 hook_void_constcharptr)
770 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
771 DEFHOOK
772 (record_gcc_switches,
773 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
774 switches provided as argument.\n\
776 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
777 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
778 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
779 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
780 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
781 hook.",
782 void, (const char *),
783 NULL)
785 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
786 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
787 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
788 this information. */
789 DEFHOOKPOD
790 (record_gcc_switches_section,
791 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
792 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
793 hook.",
794 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
796 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
797 DEFHOOK
798 (output_anchor,
799 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
800 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
801 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
802 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
804 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
805 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
806 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
807 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
808 void, (rtx x),
809 default_asm_output_anchor)
811 DEFHOOK
812 (output_ident,
813 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident}\n\
814 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages.\n\
815 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident}\n\
816 directive.",
817 void, (const char *name),
818 hook_void_constcharptr)
820 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
821 DEFHOOK
822 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
823 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
824 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
825 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
826 NULL)
828 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
829 DEFHOOK
830 (final_postscan_insn,
831 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
832 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
833 if necessary.\n\
835 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
836 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
837 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
838 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
839 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
840 by checking the contents of the vector.",
841 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
842 NULL)
844 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
845 DEFHOOK
846 (trampoline_template,
847 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
848 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
849 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
850 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
852 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
853 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
854 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
855 to generate it on the spot.",
856 void, (FILE *f),
857 NULL)
859 DEFHOOK
860 (output_source_filename,
861 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\n\
862 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
864 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\n\
865 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
866 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
867 default_asm_output_source_filename)
869 DEFHOOK
870 (output_addr_const_extra,
871 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
872 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
873 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
874 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
876 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
877 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
878 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
879 return @code{true}.",
880 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
881 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
883 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
884 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
885 initializers. */
886 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
887 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
889 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
890 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
891 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
892 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
893 (print_operand,
895 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
896 default_print_operand)
898 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
899 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
900 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
901 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
902 (print_operand_address,
904 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
905 default_print_operand_address)
907 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
908 `print_operand' hook. */
909 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
910 not this hook. */
911 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
912 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
914 bool ,(unsigned char code),
915 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
917 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
918 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
919 DEFHOOK
920 (mangle_assembler_name,
921 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.cc}'s\n\
922 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\n\
923 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\n\
924 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\n\
925 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
926 tree, (const char *name),
927 default_mangle_assembler_name)
929 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
931 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
932 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.cc looks for and handles. */
933 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
934 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
935 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
937 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
938 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
939 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
940 DEFHOOK
941 (adjust_cost,
942 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
943 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
944 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
945 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
946 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
947 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
948 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
949 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
950 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
951 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
952 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
953 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
954 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
955 unsigned int dw),
956 NULL)
958 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
959 DEFHOOK
960 (adjust_priority,
961 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
962 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
963 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
964 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
965 scheduling priorities of insns.",
966 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
968 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
969 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
970 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
971 DEFHOOK
972 (issue_rate,
973 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
974 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
975 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
976 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
977 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
978 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
979 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
980 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
981 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
982 int, (void), NULL)
984 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
985 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
986 DEFHOOK
987 (variable_issue,
988 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
989 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
990 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
991 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
992 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
993 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
994 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
995 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
996 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
997 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
998 was scheduled.",
999 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1001 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1002 DEFHOOK
1003 (init,
1004 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1005 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1006 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1007 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1008 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1009 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1010 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1011 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1013 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1014 DEFHOOK
1015 (finish,
1016 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1017 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1018 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1019 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1020 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1021 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1022 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1024 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1025 DEFHOOK
1026 (init_global,
1027 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1028 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1029 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1030 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1031 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1033 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1034 DEFHOOK
1035 (finish_global,
1036 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1037 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1038 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1039 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1041 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1042 places. Default does nothing. */
1043 DEFHOOK
1044 (reorder,
1045 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1046 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1047 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1048 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1049 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1050 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1051 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1052 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1053 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1054 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1055 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1056 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1057 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1058 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1059 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1061 DEFHOOK
1062 (reorder2,
1063 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1064 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1065 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1066 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1067 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1068 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1069 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1070 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1071 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1073 DEFHOOK
1074 (macro_fusion_p,
1075 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1076 bool, (void), NULL)
1078 DEFHOOK
1079 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1080 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1081 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1082 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1083 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1084 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1085 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1086 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1088 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1089 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1090 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1091 DEFHOOK
1092 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1093 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1094 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1095 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1096 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1097 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1098 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1099 calculated.",
1100 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1102 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1103 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1104 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1105 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1106 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1107 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1108 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1109 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1110 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1112 DEFHOOK
1113 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1114 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1115 void, (void), NULL)
1117 DEFHOOK
1118 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1119 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1120 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1121 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1122 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1123 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1124 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1125 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1126 rtx, (void), NULL)
1128 DEFHOOK
1129 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1130 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1131 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1132 void, (void), NULL)
1134 DEFHOOK
1135 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1136 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1137 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1138 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1139 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1141 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1142 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1143 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1144 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1146 DEFHOOK
1147 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1148 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1149 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1150 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1151 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1152 void, (void), NULL)
1154 DEFHOOK
1155 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1156 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1157 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1158 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1159 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1160 void, (void), NULL)
1162 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1163 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1164 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1165 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1166 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1167 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1168 insns on the same cycle. */
1169 DEFHOOK
1170 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1171 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1172 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1173 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1174 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1175 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1176 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1177 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1178 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1179 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1180 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1182 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1183 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1184 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1185 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1186 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1187 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1188 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1189 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1190 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1192 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1193 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1194 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1196 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1197 int, (void), NULL)
1199 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1200 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1201 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1202 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1203 DEFHOOK
1204 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1205 "\n\
1206 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1207 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1208 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1209 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1210 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1211 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1212 number of cycles.\n\
1213 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1214 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1215 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1217 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1218 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1220 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1221 scheduling.
1222 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1223 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1224 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1225 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1226 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1227 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1228 scheduling on current cycle. */
1229 DEFHOOK
1230 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1231 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1232 scheduling.",
1233 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1234 NULL)
1236 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1237 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1238 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1239 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1240 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1241 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1242 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1243 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1244 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1245 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1246 DEFHOOK
1247 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1248 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1249 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1250 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1252 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1253 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1254 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1255 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1256 described in DFA.
1257 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1258 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1259 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1260 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1261 DEFHOOK
1262 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1263 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1264 an instruction.",
1265 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1267 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1268 round of multipass scheduling.
1269 DATA is a pointer.
1270 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1271 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1272 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1273 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1274 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1275 DEFHOOK
1276 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1277 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1278 round of multipass scheduling.",
1279 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1281 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1282 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1283 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1284 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1285 described in DFA. */
1286 DEFHOOK
1287 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1288 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1289 void, (void *data), NULL)
1291 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1292 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1293 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1294 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1295 described in DFA. */
1296 DEFHOOK
1297 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1298 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1299 void, (void *data), NULL)
1301 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1302 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1303 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1304 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1305 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1306 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1307 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1308 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1309 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1310 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1311 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1312 DEFHOOK
1313 (dfa_new_cycle,
1314 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1315 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1316 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1317 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1318 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1319 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1320 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1321 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1322 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1323 and the current processor cycle.",
1324 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1325 int clock, int *sort_p),
1326 NULL)
1328 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1329 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1330 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1331 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1332 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1333 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1334 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1335 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1336 second insn (second parameter). */
1337 DEFHOOK
1338 (is_costly_dependence,
1339 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1340 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1341 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1342 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1343 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1344 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1345 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1346 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1347 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1348 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1350 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1351 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1352 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1353 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1354 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1355 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1356 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1357 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1359 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1360 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1361 that new instructions were emitted. */
1362 DEFHOOK
1363 (h_i_d_extended,
1364 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1365 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1366 per instruction data structures.",
1367 void, (void), NULL)
1369 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1371 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1372 DEFHOOK
1373 (alloc_sched_context,
1374 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1375 void *, (void), NULL)
1377 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1378 DEFHOOK
1379 (init_sched_context,
1380 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1381 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1382 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1383 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1385 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1386 DEFHOOK
1387 (set_sched_context,
1388 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1389 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1391 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1392 DEFHOOK
1393 (clear_sched_context,
1394 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1395 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1397 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1398 DEFHOOK
1399 (free_sched_context,
1400 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1401 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1403 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1404 by the insn scheduler.
1405 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1406 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1407 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1408 It should return
1409 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1410 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1411 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1412 generated one. */
1413 DEFHOOK
1414 (speculate_insn,
1415 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1416 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1417 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1418 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1419 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1420 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1421 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1422 the generated speculative pattern.",
1423 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1425 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1426 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1427 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1428 DEFHOOK
1429 (needs_block_p,
1430 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1431 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1432 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1433 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1435 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1436 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1437 instruction.
1438 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1439 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1440 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1441 is being performed. */
1442 DEFHOOK
1443 (gen_spec_check,
1444 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1445 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1446 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1447 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1448 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1449 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1450 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1451 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1452 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1454 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1455 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1456 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1457 DEFHOOK
1458 (set_sched_flags,
1459 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1460 enabled/used.\n\
1461 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1462 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1463 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1465 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1466 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1467 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1468 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1470 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1471 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1472 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1473 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1475 DEFHOOK
1476 (can_speculate_insn,
1477 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1478 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1479 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1480 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1481 should not be speculated.",
1482 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1484 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1485 (skip_rtx_p,
1486 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1487 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1488 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1490 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1491 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1492 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1493 to ddg variable. */
1494 DEFHOOK
1495 (sms_res_mii,
1496 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1497 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1498 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1499 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1500 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1501 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1502 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1504 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1505 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1506 parameters. */
1507 DEFHOOK
1508 (dispatch_do,
1509 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1510 in its second parameter.",
1511 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1512 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1514 /* The following member value is a function that returns true is
1515 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1516 as the second parameter is true. */
1517 DEFHOOK
1518 (dispatch,
1519 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1520 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1521 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1522 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1524 DEFHOOKPOD
1525 (exposed_pipeline,
1526 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1527 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1528 also the latencies of operations.",
1529 bool, false)
1531 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1532 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1533 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1534 DEFHOOK
1535 (reassociation_width,
1536 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1537 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1538 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1539 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1541 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1542 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1543 DEFHOOK
1544 (fusion_priority,
1545 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1546 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1547 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1549 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1550 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1551 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1552 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1553 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1554 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1556 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1557 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1558 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1559 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1560 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1561 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1562 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1563 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1564 instructions.\n\
1566 Given below example:\n\
1568 @smallexample\n\
1569 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1570 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1571 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1572 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1573 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1574 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1575 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1576 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1577 @end smallexample\n\
1579 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1580 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1581 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1582 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1583 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1585 @smallexample\n\
1586 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1587 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1588 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1589 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1590 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1591 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1592 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1593 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1594 @end smallexample\n\
1596 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1597 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1598 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1600 @smallexample\n\
1601 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1602 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1603 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1604 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1605 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1606 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1607 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1608 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1609 @end smallexample\n\
1611 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1613 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1614 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1616 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1617 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1618 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1620 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1622 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1623 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1624 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1625 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1627 DEFHOOK
1628 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1629 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1630 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1631 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1632 @var{vecsize_mangle} is a marker for the backend only. @var{vecsize_int} and\n\
1633 @var{vecsize_float} should be left zero on targets where the number of lanes is\n\
1634 not determined by the bitsize (in which case @var{simdlen} is always used).\n\
1635 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1636 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1637 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int, bool), NULL)
1639 DEFHOOK
1640 (adjust,
1641 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1642 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1643 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1645 DEFHOOK
1646 (usable,
1647 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1648 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1649 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1650 to use it.",
1651 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1653 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1655 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1656 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1657 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1658 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1660 DEFHOOK
1661 (vf,
1662 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1663 int, (void), NULL)
1665 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1667 /* Functions relating to OpenMP. */
1668 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1669 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OMP_"
1670 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OMP, omp)
1672 DEFHOOK
1673 (device_kind_arch_isa,
1674 "Return 1 if @var{trait} @var{name} is present in the OpenMP context's\n\
1675 device trait set, return 0 if not present in any OpenMP context in the\n\
1676 whole translation unit, or -1 if not present in the current OpenMP context\n\
1677 but might be present in another OpenMP context in the same TU.",
1678 int, (enum omp_device_kind_arch_isa trait, const char *name), NULL)
1680 HOOK_VECTOR_END (omp)
1682 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1683 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1684 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1685 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1687 DEFHOOK
1688 (validate_dims,
1689 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1690 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1691 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1692 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine it is the\n\
1693 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1694 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1695 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1696 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1697 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1698 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1699 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used),
1700 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1702 DEFHOOK
1703 (dim_limit,
1704 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1705 or zero if unbounded.",
1706 int, (int axis),
1707 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1709 DEFHOOK
1710 (fork_join,
1711 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1712 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1713 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1714 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1715 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1716 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1717 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1718 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1719 default_goacc_fork_join)
1721 DEFHOOK
1722 (reduction,
1723 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1724 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1725 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1726 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1727 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1728 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1729 void, (gcall *call),
1730 default_goacc_reduction)
1732 DEFHOOK
1733 (adjust_private_decl,
1734 "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to adjust\n\
1735 OpenACC variable declarations that should be made private to the given\n\
1736 parallelism level (i.e. @code{GOMP_DIM_GANG}, @code{GOMP_DIM_WORKER} or\n\
1737 @code{GOMP_DIM_VECTOR}). A typical use for this hook is to force variable\n\
1738 declarations at the @code{gang} level to reside in GPU shared memory.\n\
1739 @var{loc} may be used for diagnostic purposes.\n\
1741 You may also use the @code{TARGET_GOACC_EXPAND_VAR_DECL} hook if the\n\
1742 adjusted variable declaration needs to be expanded to RTL in a non-standard\n\
1743 way.",
1744 tree, (location_t loc, tree var, int level),
1745 NULL)
1747 DEFHOOK
1748 (expand_var_decl,
1749 "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to expand\n\
1750 specially handled kinds of @code{VAR_DECL} expressions. A particular use is\n\
1751 to place variables with specific attributes inside special accelarator\n\
1752 memories. A return value of @code{NULL} indicates that the target does not\n\
1753 handle this @code{VAR_DECL}, and normal RTL expanding is resumed.\n\
1755 Only define this hook if your accelerator target needs to expand certain\n\
1756 @code{VAR_DECL} nodes in a way that differs from the default. You can also adjust\n\
1757 private variables at OpenACC device-lowering time using the\n\
1758 @code{TARGET_GOACC_ADJUST_PRIVATE_DECL} target hook.",
1759 rtx, (tree var),
1760 NULL)
1762 DEFHOOK
1763 (create_worker_broadcast_record,
1764 "Create a record used to propagate local-variable state from an active\n\
1765 worker to other workers. A possible implementation might adjust the type\n\
1766 of REC to place the new variable in shared GPU memory.\n\
1768 Presence of this target hook indicates that middle end neutering/broadcasting\n\
1769 be used.",
1770 tree, (tree rec, bool sender, const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset),
1771 NULL)
1773 DEFHOOK
1774 (shared_mem_layout,
1775 "Lay out a fixed shared-memory region on the target. The LO and HI\n\
1776 arguments should be set to a range of addresses that can be used for worker\n\
1777 broadcasting. The dimensions, reduction size and gang-private size\n\
1778 arguments are for the current offload region.",
1779 void, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *, int[],
1780 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT[], unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT[]),
1781 NULL)
1783 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1785 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1786 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1787 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1788 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1790 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1791 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1792 function. */
1793 DEFHOOK
1794 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1795 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1796 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1797 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1798 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1800 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1801 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1802 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1803 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1804 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1805 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1806 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1807 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1808 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1809 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1810 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1812 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1813 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1814 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1815 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1816 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1817 described above.\n\
1818 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1819 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1820 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1821 tree, (void), NULL)
1823 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1824 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1825 DEFHOOK
1826 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1827 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1828 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1829 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1830 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1831 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1832 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1833 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1835 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1836 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1837 DEFHOOK
1838 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1839 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1840 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1841 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1842 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1843 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1844 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1846 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1847 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1848 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1849 DEFHOOK
1850 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1851 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1852 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1853 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1854 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1855 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1857 DEFHOOK
1858 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1859 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1860 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1861 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1862 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1863 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1864 for alignment.\n\
1866 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1867 correct for most targets.",
1868 poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
1869 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1871 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1872 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1873 DEFHOOK
1874 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1875 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations)\n\
1876 for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar\n\
1877 access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1878 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1879 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1881 DEFHOOK
1882 (vec_perm_const,
1883 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1884 vectors of mode @var{op_mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel},\n\
1885 producing a vector of mode @var{mode}. The hook is also used to emit such\n\
1886 a permutation.\n\
1888 When the hook is being used to test whether the target supports a permutation,\n\
1889 @var{in0}, @var{in1}, and @var{out} are all null. When the hook is being used\n\
1890 to emit a permutation, @var{in0} and @var{in1} are the source vectors of mode\n\
1891 @var{op_mode} and @var{out} is the destination vector of mode @var{mode}.\n\
1892 @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if @var{sel} describes a permutation on one\n\
1893 vector instead of two.\n\
1895 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1896 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1898 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1899 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1900 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1901 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1902 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1903 implementation approaches itself.",
1904 bool, (machine_mode mode, machine_mode op_mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1905 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1906 NULL)
1908 DEFHOOK
1909 (can_special_div_by_const,
1910 "This hook is used to test whether the target has a special method of\n\
1911 division of vectors of type @var{vectype} using the value @var{constant},\n\
1912 and producing a vector of type @var{vectype}. The division\n\
1913 will then not be decomposed by the vectorizer and kept as a div.\n\
1915 When the hook is being used to test whether the target supports a special\n\
1916 divide, @var{in0}, @var{in1}, and @var{output} are all null. When the hook\n\
1917 is being used to emit a division, @var{in0} and @var{in1} are the source\n\
1918 vectors of type @var{vecttype} and @var{output} is the destination vector of\n\
1919 type @var{vectype}.\n\
1921 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1922 if rtxes are provided and updating @var{output}.",
1923 bool, (enum tree_code, tree vectype, wide_int constant, rtx *output,
1924 rtx in0, rtx in1),
1925 default_can_special_div_by_const)
1927 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1928 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1929 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1930 DEFHOOK
1931 (support_vector_misalignment,
1932 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1933 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1934 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1935 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1936 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1937 bool,
1938 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1939 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1941 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1942 scalar mode. */
1943 DEFHOOK
1944 (preferred_simd_mode,
1945 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1946 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1947 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1948 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1949 machine_mode,
1950 (scalar_mode mode),
1951 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1953 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1954 DEFHOOK
1955 (split_reduction,
1956 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1957 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1958 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1959 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1960 machine_mode,
1961 (machine_mode),
1962 default_split_reduction)
1964 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1965 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1966 DEFHOOK
1967 (autovectorize_vector_modes,
1968 "If using the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}\n\
1969 is not the only approach worth considering, this hook should add one mode to\n\
1970 @var{modes} for each useful alternative approach. These modes are then\n\
1971 passed to @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE} to obtain the vector mode\n\
1972 for a given element mode.\n\
1974 The modes returned in @var{modes} should use the smallest element mode\n\
1975 possible for the vectorization approach that they represent, preferring\n\
1976 integer modes over floating-poing modes in the event of a tie. The first\n\
1977 mode should be the @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} for its\n\
1978 element mode.\n\
1980 If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector modes even when they are generally\n\
1981 not expected to be worthwhile.\n\
1983 The hook returns a bitmask of flags that control how the modes in\n\
1984 @var{modes} are used. The flags are:\n\
1985 @table @code\n\
1986 @item VECT_COMPARE_COSTS\n\
1987 Tells the loop vectorizer to try all the provided modes and pick the one\n\
1988 with the lowest cost. By default the vectorizer will choose the first\n\
1989 mode that works.\n\
1990 @end table\n\
1992 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1993 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1994 for autovectorization. The default implementation adds no modes and\n\
1995 returns 0.",
1996 unsigned int,
1997 (vector_modes *modes, bool all),
1998 default_autovectorize_vector_modes)
2000 DEFHOOK
2001 (related_mode,
2002 "If a piece of code is using vector mode @var{vector_mode} and also wants\n\
2003 to operate on elements of mode @var{element_mode}, return the vector mode\n\
2004 it should use for those elements. If @var{nunits} is nonzero, ensure that\n\
2005 the mode has exactly @var{nunits} elements, otherwise pick whichever vector\n\
2006 size pairs the most naturally with @var{vector_mode}. Return an empty\n\
2007 @code{opt_machine_mode} if there is no supported vector mode with the\n\
2008 required properties.\n\
2010 There is no prescribed way of handling the case in which @var{nunits}\n\
2011 is zero. One common choice is to pick a vector mode with the same size\n\
2012 as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice if the target has a\n\
2013 fixed vector size. Another option is to choose a vector mode with the\n\
2014 same number of elements as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice\n\
2015 if the target has a fixed number of elements. Alternatively, the hook\n\
2016 might choose a middle ground, such as trying to keep the number of\n\
2017 elements as similar as possible while applying maximum and minimum\n\
2018 vector sizes.\n\
2020 The default implementation uses @code{mode_for_vector} to find the\n\
2021 requested mode, returning a mode with the same size as @var{vector_mode}\n\
2022 when @var{nunits} is zero. This is the correct behavior for most targets.",
2023 opt_machine_mode,
2024 (machine_mode vector_mode, scalar_mode element_mode, poly_uint64 nunits),
2025 default_vectorize_related_mode)
2027 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
2028 DEFHOOK
2029 (get_mask_mode,
2030 "Return the mode to use for a vector mask that holds one boolean\n\
2031 result for each element of vector mode @var{mode}. The returned mask mode\n\
2032 can be a vector of integers (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT}), a vector of\n\
2033 booleans (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_BOOL}) or a scalar integer (class\n\
2034 @code{MODE_INT}). Return an empty @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such\n\
2035 mask mode exists.\n\
2037 The default implementation returns a @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT} with the\n\
2038 same size and number of elements as @var{mode}, if such a mode exists.",
2039 opt_machine_mode,
2040 (machine_mode mode),
2041 default_get_mask_mode)
2043 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
2044 mask is all zeros. */
2045 DEFHOOK
2046 (empty_mask_is_expensive,
2047 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
2048 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
2049 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
2050 bool,
2051 (unsigned ifn),
2052 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
2054 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
2055 DEFHOOK
2056 (builtin_gather,
2057 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
2058 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2059 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2060 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
2061 loads.",
2062 tree,
2063 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2064 NULL)
2066 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
2067 DEFHOOK
2068 (builtin_scatter,
2069 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
2070 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2071 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2072 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
2073 stores.",
2074 tree,
2075 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2076 NULL)
2078 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
2079 DEFHOOK
2080 (create_costs,
2081 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation\n\
2082 for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default\n\
2083 allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue,\n\
2084 body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is\n\
2085 non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block\n\
2086 is being vectorized. If @var{costing_for_scalar} is true, it indicates the\n\
2087 current cost model is for the scalar version of a loop or block; otherwise\n\
2088 it is for the vector version.",
2089 class vector_costs *,
2090 (vec_info *vinfo, bool costing_for_scalar),
2091 default_vectorize_create_costs)
2093 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2095 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2096 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2098 DEFHOOK
2099 (preferred_else_value,
2100 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2101 to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2102 @code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2103 function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2104 of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2106 For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2107 a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2108 and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2110 This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2111 like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2112 constant of type @var{type}.",
2113 tree,
2114 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2115 default_preferred_else_value)
2117 DEFHOOK
2118 (record_offload_symbol,
2119 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2120 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2121 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2122 void, (tree),
2123 hook_void_tree)
2125 DEFHOOKPOD
2126 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2127 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2128 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2129 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2130 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2132 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2133 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2134 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2135 DEFHOOK
2136 (override_options_after_change,
2137 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2138 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2139 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2140 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2141 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2142 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2143 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2144 void, (void),
2145 hook_void_void)
2147 DEFHOOK
2148 (offload_options,
2149 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2150 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2151 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2152 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2153 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2154 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2156 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2157 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2158 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2159 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2160 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2162 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2163 DEFHOOK
2164 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2165 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2166 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2167 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2168 targets.",
2169 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2170 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2172 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2173 DEFHOOK
2174 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2175 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2176 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2177 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2178 targets.",
2179 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2180 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2182 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2183 DEFHOOK
2184 (unwind_word_mode,
2185 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2186 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2187 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2188 default_unwind_word_mode)
2190 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2191 DEFHOOK
2192 (merge_decl_attributes,
2193 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2194 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2195 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2196 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2197 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2198 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2199 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2201 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2202 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2203 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2204 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2205 will then define a function called\n\
2206 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2207 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2208 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2209 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2210 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2211 @file{i386/i386.cc}, for example.",
2212 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2213 merge_decl_attributes)
2215 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2216 DEFHOOK
2217 (merge_type_attributes,
2218 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2219 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2220 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2221 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2222 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2223 merging.",
2224 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2225 merge_type_attributes)
2227 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2228 Ignored if NULL. */
2229 DEFHOOKPOD
2230 (attribute_table,
2231 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2232 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2233 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2234 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2235 take.",
2236 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2238 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2239 argument. */
2240 DEFHOOK
2241 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2242 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2243 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2244 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2245 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2246 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2247 bool, (const_tree name),
2248 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2250 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2251 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2252 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2253 DEFHOOK
2254 (comp_type_attributes,
2255 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2256 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2257 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2258 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2259 supposed always to be compatible.",
2260 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2261 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2263 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2264 DEFHOOK
2265 (set_default_type_attributes,
2266 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2267 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2268 void, (tree type),
2269 hook_void_tree)
2271 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2272 DEFHOOK
2273 (insert_attributes,
2274 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2275 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2276 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2277 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2278 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2279 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2280 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2281 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2282 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2283 needed.",
2284 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2285 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2287 /* Perform additional target-specific processing of generic attributes. */
2288 DEFHOOK
2289 (handle_generic_attribute,
2290 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to perform additional\n\
2291 target-specific processing of an attribute which is handled generically\n\
2292 by a front end. The arguments are the same as those which are passed to\n\
2293 attribute handlers. So far this only affects the @var{noinit} and\n\
2294 @var{section} attribute.",
2295 tree, (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags, bool *no_add_attrs),
2296 hook_tree_treeptr_tree_tree_int_boolptr_null)
2298 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2299 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2300 DEFHOOK
2301 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2302 "@cindex inlining\n\
2303 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2304 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2305 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2306 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2307 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2308 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2310 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2311 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2312 DEFHOOK
2313 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2314 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2315 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2316 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2317 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2318 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2319 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2320 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2321 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2322 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2323 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2324 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2326 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2327 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2328 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2329 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2330 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2331 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2332 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2334 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2335 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2336 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2337 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2338 may affect its placement.",
2339 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2340 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2342 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2343 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2344 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2345 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2346 (words_big_endian,
2348 bool, (void),
2349 targhook_words_big_endian)
2351 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2352 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2353 (float_words_big_endian,
2355 bool, (void),
2356 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2358 DEFHOOK
2359 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2360 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\n\
2361 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\n\
2362 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\n\
2363 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\n\
2364 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\n\
2365 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\n\
2366 does not.",
2367 bool, (void),
2368 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2370 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2371 DEFHOOK
2372 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2373 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2374 bool, (void),
2375 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2377 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2378 DEFHOOK
2379 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2380 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2381 bool, (void),
2382 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2384 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2385 DEFHOOK
2386 (align_anon_bitfield,
2387 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2388 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2389 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2390 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2391 bool, (void),
2392 hook_bool_void_false)
2394 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2395 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2396 DEFHOOK
2397 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2398 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2399 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2400 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2402 The default is @code{false}.",
2403 bool, (void),
2404 hook_bool_void_false)
2406 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2407 DEFHOOK
2408 (init_builtins,
2409 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2410 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2411 necessary setup.\n\
2413 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2414 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2415 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2416 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2418 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2419 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2420 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2421 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2422 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2423 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2424 void, (void),
2425 hook_void_void)
2427 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2428 built-in function decl for CODE.
2429 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2430 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2431 DEFHOOK
2432 (builtin_decl,
2433 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2434 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2435 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2436 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2437 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2438 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2439 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2440 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2442 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2443 DEFHOOK
2444 (expand_builtin,
2445 "\n\
2446 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2447 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2448 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2449 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2450 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2451 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2452 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2453 built-in function.",
2454 rtx,
2455 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2456 default_expand_builtin)
2458 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2459 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2460 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2461 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2462 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2463 DEFHOOK
2464 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2465 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2466 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2467 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2468 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2469 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2470 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2471 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2472 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2473 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2474 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2476 DEFHOOK
2477 (check_builtin_call,
2478 "Perform semantic checking on a call to a machine-specific built-in\n\
2479 function after its arguments have been constrained to the function\n\
2480 signature. Return true if the call is valid, otherwise report an error\n\
2481 and return false.\n\
2483 This hook is called after @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}.\n\
2484 The call was originally to built-in function @var{orig_fndecl},\n\
2485 but after the optional @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}\n\
2486 step is now to built-in function @var{fndecl}. @var{loc} is the\n\
2487 location of the call and @var{args} is an array of function arguments,\n\
2488 of which there are @var{nargs}. @var{arg_loc} specifies the location\n\
2489 of each argument.",
2490 bool, (location_t loc, vec<location_t> arg_loc, tree fndecl,
2491 tree orig_fndecl, unsigned int nargs, tree *args),
2492 NULL)
2494 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2495 and GENERIC. */
2496 DEFHOOK
2497 (fold_builtin,
2498 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2499 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2500 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2501 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2502 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2503 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2504 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2505 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2506 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2508 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2509 DEFHOOK
2510 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2511 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2512 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2513 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2514 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2515 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2516 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2518 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2519 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2520 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2521 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2522 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2523 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2524 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2525 and 0 if they are the same. */
2526 DEFHOOK
2527 (compare_version_priority,
2528 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2529 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2530 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2531 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2532 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2533 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2534 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2536 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2537 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2538 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2539 must be generated. */
2540 DEFHOOK
2541 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2542 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2543 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2544 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2545 body must be generated.",
2546 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2548 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2549 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2550 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2551 identical versions. */
2552 DEFHOOK
2553 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2554 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2555 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2556 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2557 identical versions.",
2558 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2560 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2561 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2562 DEFHOOK
2563 (builtin_reciprocal,
2564 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2565 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2566 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2567 tree, (tree fndecl),
2568 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2570 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2571 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2572 NULL. */
2573 DEFHOOK
2574 (mangle_type,
2575 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2576 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2577 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2578 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2579 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2580 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2581 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2582 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2583 string constant.\n\
2585 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2586 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2587 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2588 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2589 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2590 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2591 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2592 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2593 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2594 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.cc} for the list of\n\
2595 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2596 spaces in your string.\n\
2598 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2599 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2600 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2601 before mangling.\n\
2603 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2604 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2605 types.",
2606 const char *, (const_tree type),
2607 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2609 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2610 DEFHOOK
2611 (init_libfuncs,
2612 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2613 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2614 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.cc}.\n\
2615 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2616 library routines.\n\
2618 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2619 void, (void),
2620 hook_void_void)
2622 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2623 DEFHOOKPOD
2624 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2625 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2626 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2627 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2628 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2629 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2630 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2631 bool, false)
2633 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2634 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2635 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2636 DEFHOOK
2637 (section_type_flags,
2638 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2639 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2640 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2641 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2643 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2644 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2645 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2646 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2647 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2648 default_section_type_flags)
2650 DEFHOOK
2651 (libc_has_function,
2652 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2653 @var{fn_class} is present in the target C library. If @var{type} is NULL,\n\
2654 the caller asks for support for all standard (float, double, long double)\n\
2655 types. If @var{type} is non-NULL, the caller asks for support for a\n\
2656 specific type.",
2657 bool, (enum function_class fn_class, tree type),
2658 default_libc_has_function)
2660 DEFHOOK
2661 (libc_has_fast_function,
2662 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2663 @code{(enum function_class)}@var{fcode} has a fast implementation.",
2664 bool, (int fcode),
2665 default_libc_has_fast_function)
2667 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2668 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2669 DEFHOOK
2670 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2671 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2672 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2673 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2674 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2676 @smallexample\n\
2677 static bool\n\
2678 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2679 @{\n\
2680 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2681 @}\n\
2682 @end smallexample",
2683 bool, (void),
2684 hook_bool_void_false)
2686 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2687 DEFHOOK
2688 (can_follow_jump,
2689 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\n\
2690 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\n\
2691 false, if it can't.\n\
2692 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\n\
2693 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2694 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2695 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2697 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2698 DEFHOOK
2699 (have_conditional_execution,
2700 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2701 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2702 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2703 bool, (void),
2704 default_have_conditional_execution)
2706 DEFHOOK
2707 (gen_ccmp_first,
2708 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2709 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2710 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2711 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2712 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2713 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2714 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2715 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2716 NULL)
2718 DEFHOOK
2719 (gen_ccmp_next,
2720 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2721 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2722 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2723 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2724 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2725 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2726 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2727 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2728 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2729 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2730 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2731 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2732 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2733 NULL)
2735 DEFHOOK
2736 (gen_memset_scratch_rtx,
2737 "This hook should return an rtx for a scratch register in @var{mode} to\n\
2738 be used when expanding memset calls. The backend can use a hard scratch\n\
2739 register to avoid stack realignment when expanding memset. The default\n\
2740 is @code{gen_reg_rtx}.",
2741 rtx, (machine_mode mode),
2742 gen_reg_rtx)
2744 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2745 DEFHOOK
2746 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2747 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2748 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2749 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2750 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2751 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2752 number of memory accesses.",
2753 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, class loop *loop),
2754 NULL)
2756 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2757 DEFHOOK
2758 (legitimate_constant_p,
2759 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2760 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2761 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2763 The default definition returns true.",
2764 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2765 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2767 /* True if X is a TLS operand whose value should be pre-computed. */
2768 DEFHOOK
2769 (precompute_tls_p,
2770 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a TLS operand on the target\n\
2771 machine that should be pre-computed when used as the argument in a call.\n\
2772 You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not \n\
2773 check this.\n\
2775 The default definition returns false.",
2776 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2777 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2779 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2780 DEFHOOK
2781 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2782 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2783 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2784 of @var{x}.\n\
2786 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2788 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2789 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2790 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2791 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2792 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2793 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2794 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2796 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2797 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2798 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2799 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2801 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2802 DEFHOOK
2803 (commutative_p,
2804 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2805 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2806 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2807 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2808 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2809 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2811 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2812 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2813 DEFHOOK
2814 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2815 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2816 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2817 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2818 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2819 but not others.\n\
2821 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2822 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2823 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2824 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2826 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2828 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2829 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2830 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2832 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2833 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2834 DEFHOOK
2835 (legitimize_address,
2836 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2837 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2838 address.\n\
2840 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2841 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2842 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2843 @var{x}.\n\
2845 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2846 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2847 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2849 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2850 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2851 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2852 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2853 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2854 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2855 strategy can generate better code.",
2856 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2857 default_legitimize_address)
2859 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2860 DEFHOOK
2861 (delegitimize_address,
2862 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2863 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2864 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2865 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2866 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2867 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2868 into their original form.",
2869 rtx, (rtx x),
2870 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2872 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2873 section. */
2874 DEFHOOK
2875 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2876 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2877 debug sections.",
2878 bool, (rtx x),
2879 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2881 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2882 DEFHOOK
2883 (legitimate_address_p,
2884 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2885 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2887 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2888 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2889 desired by the caller.\n\
2891 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2892 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2893 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2894 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2895 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2896 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2897 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2898 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2900 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2901 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2902 register is required.\n\
2904 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2905 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2906 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2907 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2908 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2910 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2911 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2912 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2913 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2914 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2916 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2917 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2918 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2919 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2920 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2921 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2922 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2923 Format}.\n\
2925 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2926 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2927 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2928 has this syntax:\n\
2930 @example\n\
2931 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2932 @end example\n\
2934 @noindent\n\
2935 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2936 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2938 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2939 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2940 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2941 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2942 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2944 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2945 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2946 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2947 default_legitimate_address_p)
2949 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2950 DEFHOOK
2951 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2952 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2953 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2954 of @var{x}.\n\
2956 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2957 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2958 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2960 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2961 DEFHOOK
2962 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2963 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2964 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2966 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2967 bool, (const_tree decl),
2968 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2970 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2971 DEFHOOKPOD
2972 (min_anchor_offset,
2973 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2974 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2975 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2976 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2977 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2979 DEFHOOKPOD
2980 (max_anchor_offset,
2981 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2982 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2983 value is 0.",
2984 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2986 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2987 DEFHOOK
2988 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2989 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2990 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2991 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2993 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2994 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2995 or target-specific sections.",
2996 bool, (const_rtx x),
2997 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2999 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
3000 DEFHOOK
3001 (has_ifunc_p,
3002 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
3003 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
3004 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
3005 bool, (void),
3006 default_has_ifunc_p)
3008 /* True if it is OK to reference indirect function resolvers locally. */
3009 DEFHOOK
3010 (ifunc_ref_local_ok,
3011 "Return true if it is OK to reference indirect function resolvers\n\
3012 locally. The default is to return false.",
3013 bool, (void),
3014 hook_bool_void_false)
3016 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
3017 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
3018 this is an indirect call. */
3019 DEFHOOK
3020 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
3021 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
3022 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
3023 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
3025 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
3026 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
3027 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
3028 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
3029 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
3030 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
3031 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
3032 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
3034 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
3035 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
3036 level, outside of any function scope. */
3037 DEFHOOK
3038 (set_current_function,
3039 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
3040 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
3041 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
3042 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
3043 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
3044 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
3045 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
3046 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
3047 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
3049 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
3050 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
3051 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
3052 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
3053 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
3054 outside of any function scope.",
3055 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
3057 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
3058 DEFHOOK
3059 (in_small_data_p,
3060 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
3061 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
3062 bool, (const_tree exp),
3063 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3065 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3066 to the current executable or shared library. */
3067 DEFHOOK
3068 (binds_local_p,
3069 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3070 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3071 or executable image).\n\
3073 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3074 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3075 currently supported object file formats.",
3076 bool, (const_tree exp),
3077 default_binds_local_p)
3079 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3080 DEFHOOK
3081 (profile_before_prologue,
3082 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3083 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3084 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3085 bool, (void),
3086 default_profile_before_prologue)
3088 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3089 enabled. */
3090 DEFHOOK
3091 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3092 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\n\
3093 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\n\
3094 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\n\
3095 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\n\
3096 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3097 bool, (void),
3098 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3100 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3101 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3102 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3103 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3104 DEFHOOK
3105 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3106 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3107 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3108 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3109 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3110 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3111 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3112 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3113 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3114 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3116 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3117 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3118 DEFHOOK
3119 (encode_section_info,
3120 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3121 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3122 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3124 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3125 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3126 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3127 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3128 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3130 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3131 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3132 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3133 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3134 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3135 leave it alone.)\n\
3137 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3138 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3139 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3140 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3141 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3142 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3144 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3145 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3146 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3147 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3148 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3149 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3151 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3152 in @file{varasm.cc}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3153 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3154 before overriding it.",
3155 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3156 default_encode_section_info)
3158 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3159 DEFHOOK
3160 (strip_name_encoding,
3161 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3162 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3163 may have added.",
3164 const char *, (const char *name),
3165 default_strip_name_encoding)
3167 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3168 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3169 DEFHOOK
3170 (shift_truncation_mask,
3171 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3172 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3173 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3175 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3176 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3177 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3178 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3179 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3180 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3182 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3183 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3184 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3186 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3187 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3188 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3189 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3190 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3191 by overriding it.",
3192 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3193 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3195 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3196 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3197 the reciprocal. */
3198 DEFHOOK
3199 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3200 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3201 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3202 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3203 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3204 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3205 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3206 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3207 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3209 DEFHOOK
3210 (truly_noop_truncation,
3211 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3212 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3213 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3214 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3215 is correct for most machines. When @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION}\n\
3216 returns false, the machine description should provide a @code{trunc}\n\
3217 optab to specify the RTL that performs the required truncation.\n\
3219 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3220 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3221 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3222 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3223 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3225 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3226 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3227 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3228 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3229 necessarily defined at this point. */
3230 DEFHOOK
3231 (mode_rep_extended,
3232 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3233 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3234 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3235 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3236 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3237 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3238 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3239 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3240 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3241 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3243 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3244 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3245 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3246 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3248 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3249 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3250 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3251 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3252 extension.\n\
3254 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3255 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3256 @code{mode}.",
3257 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3258 default_mode_rep_extended)
3260 DEFHOOK
3261 (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
3262 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3263 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3264 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3266 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3267 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3268 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\
3269 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3270 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3271 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3272 bool, (void),
3273 hook_bool_void_false)
3275 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3276 DEFHOOK
3277 (valid_pointer_mode,
3278 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3279 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3280 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3281 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3282 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3284 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3285 DEFHOOK
3286 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3287 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\n\
3288 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\n\
3289 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\n\
3290 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\n\
3291 a pointer to int.",
3292 bool, (ao_ref *ref),
3293 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3295 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3296 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3297 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3298 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3300 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3301 DEFHOOK
3302 (pointer_mode,
3303 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3304 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3305 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3306 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3307 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3309 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3310 DEFHOOK
3311 (address_mode,
3312 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3313 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3314 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3315 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3316 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3318 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3319 in another address space. */
3320 DEFHOOK
3321 (valid_pointer_mode,
3322 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3323 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3324 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3325 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3326 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3327 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3328 target hooks for the given address space.",
3329 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3330 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3332 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3333 space for a given mode. */
3334 DEFHOOK
3335 (legitimate_address_p,
3336 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3337 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3338 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3339 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3340 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3341 explicit named address space support.",
3342 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3343 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3345 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3346 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3347 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3348 DEFHOOK
3349 (legitimize_address,
3350 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3351 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3352 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3353 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3354 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3355 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3357 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3358 DEFHOOK
3359 (subset_p,
3360 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3361 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3362 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3363 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3364 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3365 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3366 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3367 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3369 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3370 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3371 DEFHOOK
3372 (zero_address_valid,
3373 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3374 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3375 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3376 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3378 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3379 DEFHOOK
3380 (convert,
3381 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3382 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3383 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3384 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3385 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3386 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3387 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3388 default_addr_space_convert)
3390 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3391 DEFHOOK
3392 (debug,
3393 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3394 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3395 int, (addr_space_t as),
3396 default_addr_space_debug)
3398 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3399 DEFHOOK
3400 (diagnose_usage,
3401 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3402 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3403 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3404 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3405 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3406 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3407 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3408 The default implementation does nothing.",
3409 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3410 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3412 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3414 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3415 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3417 DEFHOOK
3418 (lower_local_decl_alignment,
3419 "Define this hook to lower alignment of local, parm or result\n\
3420 decl @samp{(@var{decl})}.",
3421 void, (tree decl),
3422 hook_void_tree)
3424 DEFHOOK
3425 (static_rtx_alignment,
3426 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3427 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3428 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3429 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3430 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3431 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3433 DEFHOOK
3434 (constant_alignment,
3435 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3436 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3437 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3439 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3441 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3442 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3443 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3444 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3445 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3446 default_constant_alignment)
3448 DEFHOOK
3449 (translate_mode_attribute,
3450 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3451 translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\
3452 @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3454 The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3455 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3456 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3458 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3459 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3460 the arithmetic is supported. */
3461 DEFHOOK
3462 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3463 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3464 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3465 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3466 must work.\n\
3468 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3469 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3470 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3471 code in @file{optabs.cc}.",
3472 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3473 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3475 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3476 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3477 for further details. */
3478 DEFHOOK
3479 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3480 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3481 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3482 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3483 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3484 hook_bool_mode_false)
3486 DEFHOOK
3487 (compatible_vector_types_p,
3488 "Return true if there is no target-specific reason for treating\n\
3489 vector types @var{type1} and @var{type2} as distinct types. The caller\n\
3490 has already checked for target-independent reasons, meaning that the\n\
3491 types are known to have the same mode, to have the same number of elements,\n\
3492 and to have what the caller considers to be compatible element types.\n\
3494 The main reason for defining this hook is to reject pairs of types\n\
3495 that are handled differently by the target's calling convention.\n\
3496 For example, when a new @var{N}-bit vector architecture is added\n\
3497 to a target, the target may want to handle normal @var{N}-bit\n\
3498 @code{VECTOR_TYPE} arguments and return values in the same way as\n\
3499 before, to maintain backwards compatibility. However, it may also\n\
3500 provide new, architecture-specific @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s that are passed\n\
3501 and returned in a more efficient way. It is then important to maintain\n\
3502 a distinction between the ``normal'' @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s and the new\n\
3503 architecture-specific ones.\n\
3505 The default implementation returns true, which is correct for most targets.",
3506 bool, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
3507 hook_bool_const_tree_const_tree_true)
3509 DEFHOOK
3510 (vector_alignment,
3511 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3512 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3513 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3514 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3515 the vector element type.",
3516 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3517 default_vector_alignment)
3519 DEFHOOK
3520 (array_mode,
3521 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3522 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3523 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3524 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3525 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3526 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3527 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3528 used in specific cases.\n\
3530 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3531 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3532 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3533 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3535 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3536 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3537 DEFHOOK
3538 (array_mode_supported_p,
3539 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3540 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3541 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3542 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3544 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3545 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3546 has operations like:\n\
3548 @smallexample\n\
3549 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3550 @end smallexample\n\
3552 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3554 @smallexample\n\
3555 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3556 @{\n\
3557 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3558 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3559 @end smallexample\n\
3561 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3562 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3563 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3564 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3565 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3567 DEFHOOK
3568 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3569 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3570 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3571 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3572 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3573 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3574 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3575 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3577 DEFHOOK
3578 (floatn_mode,
3579 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3580 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3581 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3582 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3583 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3584 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3585 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3586 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3587 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3588 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3589 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3590 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3591 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3592 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3593 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3594 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3595 default_floatn_mode)
3597 DEFHOOK
3598 (floatn_builtin_p,
3599 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3600 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3601 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3602 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3603 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3604 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3605 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3606 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3607 bool, (int func),
3608 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3610 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3611 TO, using MODE. */
3612 DEFHOOK
3613 (register_move_cost,
3614 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3615 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3616 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3617 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3618 that.\n\
3620 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3621 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3622 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3624 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3625 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3626 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3627 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3628 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3629 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3631 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3632 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3633 default_register_move_cost)
3635 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3636 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3637 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3638 DEFHOOK
3639 (memory_move_cost,
3640 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3641 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3642 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3643 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3644 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3645 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3647 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3648 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3649 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3650 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3651 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3652 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3654 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3655 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3656 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3657 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3658 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3659 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3660 are the same as to this target hook.",
3661 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3662 default_memory_move_cost)
3664 DEFHOOK
3665 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3666 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3667 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3668 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3669 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3670 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3671 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3672 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3674 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3675 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3676 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3677 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3678 units.\n\
3680 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3681 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3682 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3683 under consideration.\n\
3685 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3686 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3688 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3689 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3690 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{cpymem} or\n\
3691 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3692 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3693 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3695 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3696 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3697 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3698 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3699 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3700 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3702 DEFHOOK
3703 (overlap_op_by_pieces_p,
3704 "This target hook should return true if when the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3705 infrastructure is used, an offset adjusted unaligned memory operation\n\
3706 in the smallest integer mode for the last piece operation of a memory\n\
3707 region can be generated to avoid doing more than one smaller operations.",
3708 bool, (void),
3709 hook_bool_void_false)
3711 DEFHOOK
3712 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3713 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3714 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3715 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3716 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3717 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3718 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3719 negative number from this hook.",
3720 int, (machine_mode mode),
3721 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3723 DEFHOOK
3724 (slow_unaligned_access,
3725 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3726 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3727 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3728 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
3729 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3731 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3732 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3733 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3734 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3735 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3737 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3738 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3739 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3740 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3742 DEFHOOK
3743 (optab_supported_p,
3744 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3745 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3746 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3747 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3748 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3750 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3751 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3752 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3754 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3755 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3756 optimization_type opt_type),
3757 default_optab_supported_p)
3759 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3760 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3761 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3762 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3763 DEFHOOK
3764 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3765 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3766 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3767 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3768 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3769 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3770 for any mode.\n\
3772 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3773 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3774 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3775 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3776 insn.\n\
3778 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3779 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3780 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3781 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3782 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3783 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3784 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3785 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3786 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3788 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3789 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3790 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3791 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3792 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3793 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3794 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3795 hook_bool_mode_false)
3797 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3798 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3799 DEFHOOKPOD
3800 (flags_regnum,
3801 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\n\
3802 post-reload comparison elimination pass, or the delay slot filler pass,\n\
3803 then this value should be set appropriately.",
3804 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3806 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3807 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3808 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3809 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3810 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3811 DEFHOOK
3812 (rtx_costs,
3813 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3815 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3816 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3817 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3818 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3819 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3820 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3821 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3823 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3824 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3826 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3827 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3828 instructions.\n\
3830 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3831 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3832 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3833 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3834 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3836 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3837 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3838 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3840 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3841 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3842 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3843 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3845 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3846 invalid addresses. */
3847 DEFHOOK
3848 (address_cost,
3849 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3850 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3851 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3853 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3854 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3855 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3856 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3858 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3859 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3860 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3862 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3863 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3864 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3865 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3866 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3867 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3868 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3869 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3871 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3873 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3874 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3875 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3876 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3877 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3878 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3879 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3880 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3881 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3882 default_address_cost)
3884 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3885 DEFHOOK
3886 (insn_cost,
3887 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3889 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3890 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3891 instructions.\n\
3893 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3894 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3895 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3896 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3898 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3899 well defined units. */
3900 DEFHOOK
3901 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3902 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3903 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3904 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3905 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3906 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3907 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3908 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3909 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3910 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3912 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3913 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3914 were true.\n\
3916 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3917 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3918 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3919 unsigned int, (edge e),
3920 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3922 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3923 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3924 DEFHOOK
3925 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3926 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3927 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3928 @code{if_info}.",
3929 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3930 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3932 /* Return true if new_addr should be preferred over the existing address used by
3933 memref in insn. */
3934 DEFHOOK
3935 (new_address_profitable_p,
3936 "Return @code{true} if it is profitable to replace the address in\n\
3937 @var{memref} with @var{new_addr}. This allows targets to prevent the\n\
3938 scheduler from undoing address optimizations. The instruction containing the\n\
3939 memref is @var{insn}. The default implementation returns @code{true}.",
3940 bool, (rtx memref, rtx_insn * insn, rtx new_addr),
3941 default_new_address_profitable_p)
3943 DEFHOOK
3944 (estimated_poly_value,
3945 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3946 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. @var{kind} is used\n\
3947 to ask for the minimum, maximum, and likely estimates of the value through\n\
3948 the @code{POLY_VALUE_MIN}, @code{POLY_VALUE_MAX} and\n\
3949 @code{POLY_VALUE_LIKELY} values. The default\n\
3950 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3951 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val, poly_value_estimate_kind kind),
3952 default_estimated_poly_value)
3954 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3955 scheduling. */
3956 DEFHOOK
3957 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3958 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3959 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3960 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3961 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3962 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3963 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3964 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.",
3965 bool, (void),
3966 hook_bool_void_false)
3968 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3969 DEFHOOK
3970 (allocate_initial_value,
3971 "\n\
3972 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3973 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3974 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3975 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3976 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3977 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3978 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3979 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3980 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3981 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3982 @code{MEM}.\n\
3983 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3984 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3985 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3986 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3987 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3988 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3989 allocation.",
3990 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3992 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3993 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.cc: may_trap_p_1. */
3994 DEFHOOK
3995 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3996 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3997 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3998 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3999 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
4000 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
4001 passed along.",
4002 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
4003 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
4005 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
4006 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
4007 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
4008 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
4009 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
4010 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
4011 DEFHOOK
4012 (dwarf_register_span,
4013 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
4014 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
4015 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
4016 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
4017 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
4018 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
4019 rtx, (rtx reg),
4020 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
4022 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
4023 register. */
4024 DEFHOOK
4025 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
4026 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
4027 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
4028 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
4029 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
4030 machine_mode, (int regno),
4031 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
4033 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
4034 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
4035 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
4036 code, given the address of the table. */
4037 DEFHOOK
4038 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
4039 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
4040 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
4041 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
4042 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
4043 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
4044 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
4045 void, (tree address),
4046 hook_void_tree)
4048 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
4049 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
4050 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
4051 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
4052 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
4053 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
4054 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
4055 DEFHOOK
4056 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
4057 "On targets which use a hard\n\
4058 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
4059 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
4060 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
4061 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
4062 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
4063 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
4064 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
4065 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
4066 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
4068 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4069 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
4070 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
4072 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
4073 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
4074 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
4075 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
4076 VOIDmode. */
4077 DEFHOOK
4078 (cc_modes_compatible,
4079 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
4080 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
4081 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
4082 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
4083 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
4084 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
4086 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
4087 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
4088 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
4089 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
4090 default_cc_modes_compatible)
4092 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
4093 delayed-branch scheduling. */
4094 DEFHOOK
4095 (machine_dependent_reorg,
4096 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
4097 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
4098 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
4100 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
4101 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
4102 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
4103 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
4105 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
4106 definition is null.",
4107 void, (void), NULL)
4109 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
4110 DEFHOOK
4111 (build_builtin_va_list,
4112 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
4113 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
4114 tree, (void),
4115 std_build_builtin_va_list)
4117 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
4118 DEFHOOK
4119 (enum_va_list_p,
4120 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
4121 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
4122 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
4123 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
4124 variable.\n\
4125 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
4126 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
4127 internal type.\n\
4128 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
4129 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
4130 macro to iterate through all types.",
4131 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4132 NULL)
4134 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
4135 DEFHOOK
4136 (fn_abi_va_list,
4137 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
4138 @var{fndecl}.\n\
4139 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
4140 tree, (tree fndecl),
4141 std_fn_abi_va_list)
4143 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
4144 DEFHOOK
4145 (canonical_va_list_type,
4146 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4147 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4148 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
4149 tree, (tree type),
4150 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4152 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4153 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4154 (expand_builtin_va_start,
4155 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4156 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4158 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
4159 DEFHOOK
4160 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4161 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4162 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4163 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4164 @code{gimplify.cc:gimplify_expr}.",
4165 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4166 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4168 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4169 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4170 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4171 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4172 or an error message if not. */
4173 DEFHOOK
4174 (get_pch_validity,
4175 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4176 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4177 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4178 void *, (size_t *sz),
4179 default_get_pch_validity)
4181 DEFHOOK
4182 (pch_valid_p,
4183 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4184 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4185 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4186 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4188 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4189 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4190 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4191 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4193 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4194 suitable for most targets.",
4195 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4196 default_pch_valid_p)
4198 DEFHOOK
4199 (prepare_pch_save,
4200 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4201 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4202 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4203 to do anything here.",
4204 void, (void),
4205 hook_void_void)
4207 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4208 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4209 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4210 DEFHOOK
4211 (check_pch_target_flags,
4212 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4213 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4214 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4215 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4216 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4217 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4219 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4220 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4221 that type. */
4222 DEFHOOK
4223 (default_short_enums,
4224 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4225 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4226 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4227 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4229 The default is to return false.",
4230 bool, (void),
4231 hook_bool_void_false)
4233 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4234 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4235 DEFHOOK
4236 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4237 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4238 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4239 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4240 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4241 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4242 rtx, (void),
4243 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4245 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4246 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4247 DEFHOOK
4248 (md_asm_adjust,
4249 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4250 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4251 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4252 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm. @var{loc}\n\
4253 is the source location of the asm.\n\
4255 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, @var{input_modes}, and\n\
4256 @var{constraints} as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the\n\
4257 return value is a sequence of insns to emit after the asm. Note that\n\
4258 changes to @var{inputs} must be accompanied by the corresponding changes\n\
4259 to @var{input_modes}.",
4260 rtx_insn *,
4261 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<machine_mode>& input_modes,
4262 vec<const char *>& constraints, vec<rtx>& clobbers,
4263 HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs, location_t loc),
4264 NULL)
4266 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4267 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4268 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4269 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4270 the function is being declared as an int. */
4271 DEFHOOK
4272 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4273 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4274 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4275 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4276 int, (const_tree function),
4277 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4279 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4280 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4281 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4282 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4284 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4285 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4286 DEFHOOK
4287 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4288 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4289 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4290 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4291 @smallexample\n\
4292 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4293 @end smallexample\n\
4294 and\n\
4295 @smallexample\n\
4296 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4297 @end smallexample\n\
4298 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4299 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4300 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4301 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4303 DEFHOOK
4304 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4305 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4306 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4307 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4308 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4309 @smallexample\n\
4310 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4311 @end smallexample\n\
4313 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4314 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4315 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4316 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4318 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4319 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4320 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4321 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4322 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4323 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4324 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4326 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4327 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4328 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4329 DEFHOOK
4330 (stack_protect_guard,
4331 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4332 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4333 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4334 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4335 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4337 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4338 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4339 tree, (void),
4340 default_stack_protect_guard)
4342 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4343 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4344 DEFHOOK
4345 (stack_protect_fail,
4346 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4347 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4348 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4350 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4351 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4352 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4353 tree, (void),
4354 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4356 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4357 protector runtime support. */
4358 DEFHOOK
4359 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4360 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\n\
4361 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4362 bool, (void),
4363 hook_bool_void_true)
4365 DEFHOOK
4366 (have_speculation_safe_value,
4367 "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
4368 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\
4369 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
4370 this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
4371 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
4373 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
4374 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\
4375 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
4376 compilation for the second case.\n\
4378 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
4379 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
4380 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
4381 along with your other target hooks.",
4382 bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4384 DEFHOOK
4385 (speculation_safe_value,
4386 "This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
4387 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
4388 built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
4389 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
4390 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
4391 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\
4392 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\
4393 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
4394 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
4395 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
4396 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
4397 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
4399 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
4400 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
4401 rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4402 default_speculation_safe_value)
4404 DEFHOOK
4405 (predict_doloop_p,
4406 "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low-overhead loop\n\
4407 for a particular loop. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to the loop.\n\
4408 This target hook is required only when the target supports low-overhead\n\
4409 loops, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.\n\
4410 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4411 bool, (class loop *loop),
4412 default_predict_doloop_p)
4414 DEFHOOKPOD
4415 (have_count_reg_decr_p,
4416 "Return true if the target supports hardware count register for decrement\n\
4417 and branch.\n\
4418 The default value is false.",
4419 bool, false)
4421 DEFHOOKPOD
4422 (doloop_cost_for_generic,
4423 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4424 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any generic IV use by\n\
4425 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4426 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4427 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4428 while doloop IV candidate is used for generic IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4429 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4430 this especially for generic IV uses.\n\
4431 The default value is zero.",
4432 int64_t, 0)
4434 DEFHOOKPOD
4435 (doloop_cost_for_address,
4436 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4437 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any address IV use by\n\
4438 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4439 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4440 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4441 while doloop IV candidate is used for address IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4442 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4443 this escpecially for address IV uses.\n\
4444 The default value is zero.",
4445 int64_t, 0)
4447 DEFHOOK
4448 (can_use_doloop_p,
4449 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4450 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4451 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4452 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4453 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4454 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4455 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4457 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4458 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4459 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4460 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4461 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4462 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4464 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4465 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4466 DEFHOOK
4467 (invalid_within_doloop,
4468 "\n\
4469 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4470 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4471 could not be applied.\n\
4473 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4474 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4475 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4476 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4477 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4478 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4479 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4481 /* Returns the machine mode which the target prefers for doloop IV. */
4482 DEFHOOK
4483 (preferred_doloop_mode,
4484 "This hook takes a @var{mode} for a doloop IV, where @code{mode} is the\n\
4485 original mode for the operation. If the target prefers an alternate\n\
4486 @code{mode} for the operation, then this hook should return that mode;\n\
4487 otherwise the original @code{mode} should be returned. For example, on a\n\
4488 64-bit target, @code{DImode} might be preferred over @code{SImode}. Both the\n\
4489 original and the returned modes should be @code{MODE_INT}.",
4490 machine_mode,
4491 (machine_mode mode),
4492 default_preferred_doloop_mode)
4494 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4495 DEFHOOK
4496 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4497 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\n\
4498 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\n\
4499 default is to accept all instructions.",
4500 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4501 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4503 DEFHOOK
4504 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4505 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\n\
4506 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\n\
4507 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4508 bool, (const_tree decl),
4509 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4511 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4512 value. */
4513 DEFHOOKPOD
4514 (const_anchor,
4515 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4516 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4517 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4518 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4519 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4520 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4521 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4522 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4523 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4524 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4525 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4526 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4527 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4528 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4529 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4530 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4532 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4533 DEFHOOK
4534 (memmodel_check,
4535 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4536 memory model bits are allowed.",
4537 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4539 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4540 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4541 supported by the target. */
4542 DEFHOOK
4543 (asan_shadow_offset,
4544 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4545 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4546 supported by the target. May return 0 if Address Sanitizer is not supported\n\
4547 by a subtarget.",
4548 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4549 NULL)
4551 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4552 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4553 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4555 DEFHOOK
4556 (promote_function_mode,
4557 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4558 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4559 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4560 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4561 pointer} types.\n\
4563 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4564 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4565 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4566 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4567 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4568 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4569 the signedness may be different.\n\
4571 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4573 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4574 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4575 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4576 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4577 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4578 default_promote_function_mode)
4580 DEFHOOK
4581 (promote_prototypes,
4582 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4583 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4584 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4585 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4586 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4587 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4588 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4590 DEFHOOK
4591 (struct_value_rtx,
4592 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4593 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4594 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4595 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4596 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4597 argument.\n\
4599 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4600 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4601 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4602 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4603 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4604 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4605 the caller.\n\
4607 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4608 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4609 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4610 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4611 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4612 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4613 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4615 DEFHOOKPOD
4616 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4617 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4618 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4619 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4620 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4621 undesirable on your target.",
4622 bool, false)
4624 DEFHOOK
4625 (return_in_memory,
4626 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4627 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4628 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4629 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4630 libcalls.\n\
4632 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4633 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4634 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4635 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4636 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4637 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4639 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4640 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4641 to indicate this.",
4642 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4643 default_return_in_memory)
4645 DEFHOOK
4646 (return_in_msb,
4647 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4648 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4649 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4650 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4652 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4653 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4654 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4655 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4656 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4657 bool, (const_tree type),
4658 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4660 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4661 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4662 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4663 DEFHOOK
4664 (pass_by_reference,
4665 "This target hook should return @code{true} if argument @var{arg} at the\n\
4666 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4667 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4668 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (@var{arg}.type)}.\n\
4670 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4671 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4672 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4673 to that type.",
4674 bool,
4675 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4676 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4678 DEFHOOK
4679 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4680 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4681 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4682 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4683 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4684 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4685 rtx, (void),
4686 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4688 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4689 DEFHOOK
4690 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4691 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4692 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4693 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4694 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4695 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4696 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4697 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4699 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4700 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4701 named arguments. The argument @var{arg} describes the last of these named\n\
4702 arguments. The argument @var{arg} should not be used if the function type\n\
4703 satisfies @code{TYPE_NO_NAMED_ARGS_STDARG_P}, since in that case there are\n\
4704 no named arguments and all arguments are accessed with @code{va_arg}.\n\
4706 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4707 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4708 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4709 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4710 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4711 frame.\n\
4713 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4714 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4715 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4716 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4717 for all data types.\n\
4719 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4720 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4721 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4722 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4723 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4724 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, const function_arg_info &arg,
4725 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4726 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4728 DEFHOOK
4729 (call_args,
4730 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4731 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4732 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4733 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4734 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4735 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4736 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4737 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4738 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4739 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4740 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4741 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4742 void, (rtx, tree),
4743 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4745 DEFHOOK
4746 (end_call_args,
4747 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4748 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4749 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4750 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4751 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4752 void, (void),
4753 hook_void_void)
4755 DEFHOOK
4756 (push_argument,
4757 "This target hook returns @code{true} if push instructions will be\n\
4758 used to pass outgoing arguments. When the push instruction usage is\n\
4759 optional, @var{npush} is nonzero to indicate the number of bytes to\n\
4760 push. Otherwise, @var{npush} is zero. If the target machine does not\n\
4761 have a push instruction or push instruction should be avoided,\n\
4762 @code{false} should be returned. That directs GCC to use an alternate\n\
4763 strategy: to allocate the entire argument block and then store the\n\
4764 arguments into it. If this target hook may return @code{true},\n\
4765 @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined.",
4766 bool, (unsigned int npush),
4767 default_push_argument)
4769 DEFHOOK
4770 (strict_argument_naming,
4771 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4772 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4774 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4775 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4776 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4777 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4778 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4779 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4780 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4782 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4783 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4784 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4786 /* Returns true if we should use
4787 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4788 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4789 DEFHOOK
4790 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4791 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4792 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4793 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4794 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4795 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4796 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4797 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4798 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4800 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4801 should be passed as two scalars. */
4802 DEFHOOK
4803 (split_complex_arg,
4804 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4805 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4806 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4807 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4808 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4809 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4810 point register.\n\
4812 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4813 false.",
4814 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4816 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4817 but must be passed on the stack. */
4818 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4819 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4820 DEFHOOK
4821 (must_pass_in_stack,
4822 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{arg}\n\
4823 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4824 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4825 documentation.",
4826 bool, (const function_arg_info &arg),
4827 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4829 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4830 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4831 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4832 DEFHOOK
4833 (callee_copies,
4834 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4835 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4836 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4837 by the caller.\n\
4839 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4840 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4841 not be generated.\n\
4843 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4844 bool,
4845 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4846 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4848 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4849 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4850 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4851 DEFHOOK
4852 (arg_partial_bytes,
4853 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4854 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4855 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4856 pushed on the stack.\n\
4858 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4859 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4860 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4861 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4862 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4863 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4864 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4866 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4867 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4868 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4869 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4870 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_0)
4872 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4873 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4874 argument. */
4875 DEFHOOK
4876 (function_arg_advance,
4877 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4878 advance past argument @var{arg} in the argument list. Once this is done,\n\
4879 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4880 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4882 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4883 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4884 used for arguments without any special help.",
4885 void,
4886 (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4887 default_function_arg_advance)
4889 DEFHOOK
4890 (function_arg_offset,
4891 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4892 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4893 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4894 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4895 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4896 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4897 default_function_arg_offset)
4899 DEFHOOK
4900 (function_arg_padding,
4901 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4902 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4903 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4904 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4906 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4907 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4908 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4910 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4911 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4912 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4913 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4914 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4915 default_function_arg_padding)
4917 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4918 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4919 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4920 argument. */
4921 DEFHOOK
4922 (function_arg,
4923 "Return an RTX indicating whether function argument @var{arg} is passed\n\
4924 in a register and if so, which register. Argument @var{ca} summarizes all\n\
4925 the previous arguments.\n\
4927 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4928 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4929 on the stack.\n\
4931 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4932 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4933 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4934 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4935 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4936 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4937 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4938 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4939 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4940 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4941 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4942 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4943 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4945 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4946 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4947 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4949 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4950 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4951 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4952 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4953 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4954 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4956 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4957 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4958 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4959 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4960 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4961 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4962 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4963 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4964 a register.",
4965 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4966 default_function_arg)
4968 DEFHOOK
4969 (function_incoming_arg,
4970 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4971 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4972 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4973 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4975 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4976 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4977 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4978 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4979 arrive.\n\
4981 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4982 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4983 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4985 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4986 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4987 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4988 default_function_incoming_arg)
4990 DEFHOOK
4991 (function_arg_boundary,
4992 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4993 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4994 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4995 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4996 default_function_arg_boundary)
4998 DEFHOOK
4999 (function_arg_round_boundary,
5000 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
5001 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
5002 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
5003 value.",
5004 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
5005 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
5007 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
5008 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
5009 DEFHOOK
5010 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
5011 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5012 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
5013 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
5014 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
5015 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
5017 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
5018 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
5019 DEFHOOK
5020 (function_value,
5021 "\n\
5022 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
5023 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
5024 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
5025 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
5026 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
5027 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
5028 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
5029 a function returns a value.\n\
5031 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
5032 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
5033 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
5034 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
5035 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
5036 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
5037 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
5038 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
5039 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
5040 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
5041 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
5042 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
5044 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
5045 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
5046 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
5048 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
5049 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
5050 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
5051 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
5052 known.\n\
5054 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
5055 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
5056 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
5057 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
5059 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
5060 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
5061 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
5062 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
5063 default_function_value)
5065 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
5066 calling the function FN_NAME. */
5067 DEFHOOK
5068 (libcall_value,
5069 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
5070 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
5072 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
5073 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
5074 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
5076 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
5077 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
5078 default_libcall_value)
5080 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
5081 a function value as seen by the caller. */
5082 DEFHOOK
5083 (function_value_regno_p,
5084 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
5085 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
5087 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
5088 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
5089 recognized by this target hook.\n\
5091 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
5092 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
5093 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
5095 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
5096 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
5097 default_function_value_regno_p)
5099 DEFHOOK
5100 (fntype_abi,
5101 "Return the ABI used by a function with type @var{type}; see the\n\
5102 definition of @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI\n\
5103 descriptor. Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5104 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5105 const predefined_function_abi &, (const_tree type),
5106 NULL)
5108 DEFHOOK
5109 (insn_callee_abi,
5110 "This hook returns a description of the ABI used by the target of\n\
5111 call instruction @var{insn}; see the definition of\n\
5112 @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI descriptor.\n\
5113 Only the global function @code{insn_callee_abi} should call this hook\n\
5114 directly.\n\
5116 Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5117 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5118 const predefined_function_abi &, (const rtx_insn *insn),
5119 NULL)
5121 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5122 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5123 (internal_arg_pointer,
5124 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
5125 current function.",
5126 rtx, (void),
5127 default_internal_arg_pointer)
5129 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
5130 DEFHOOK
5131 (update_stack_boundary,
5132 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
5133 necessary.",
5134 void, (void), NULL)
5136 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
5137 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
5138 DEFHOOK
5139 (get_drap_rtx,
5140 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
5141 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
5142 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
5143 is needed.",
5144 rtx, (void), NULL)
5146 /* Generate instruction sequence to zero call used registers. */
5147 DEFHOOK
5148 (zero_call_used_regs,
5149 "This target hook emits instructions to zero the subset of @var{selected_regs}\n\
5150 that could conceivably contain values that are useful to an attacker.\n\
5151 Return the set of registers that were actually cleared.\n\
5153 For most targets, the returned set of registers is a subset of\n\
5154 @var{selected_regs}, however, for some of the targets (for example MIPS),\n\
5155 clearing some registers that are in the @var{selected_regs} requires\n\
5156 clearing other call used registers that are not in the @var{selected_regs},\n\
5157 under such situation, the returned set of registers must be a subset of all\n\
5158 call used registers.\n\
5160 The default implementation uses normal move instructions to zero\n\
5161 all the registers in @var{selected_regs}. Define this hook if the\n\
5162 target has more efficient ways of zeroing certain registers,\n\
5163 or if you believe that certain registers would never contain\n\
5164 values that are useful to an attacker.",
5165 HARD_REG_SET, (HARD_REG_SET selected_regs),
5166 default_zero_call_used_regs)
5168 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
5169 stack. */
5170 DEFHOOK
5171 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
5172 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
5173 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
5174 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
5175 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
5176 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
5177 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
5178 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
5179 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
5180 bool, (void),
5181 hook_bool_void_true)
5183 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
5184 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
5185 DEFHOOK
5186 (static_chain,
5187 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
5188 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
5189 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
5190 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
5191 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
5193 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
5195 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
5196 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
5197 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
5198 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
5199 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
5200 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
5201 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
5202 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
5203 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
5204 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
5205 to refer to those items.",
5206 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5207 default_static_chain)
5209 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5210 static chain value of CHAIN. */
5211 DEFHOOK
5212 (trampoline_init,
5213 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5214 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5215 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5216 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5217 when it is called.\n\
5219 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5220 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5221 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5222 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5223 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5224 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5226 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches\n\
5227 (possibly calling function maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache) or\n\
5228 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5229 initializing the trampoline proper.",
5230 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5231 default_trampoline_init)
5233 /* Emit a call to a function to clear the instruction cache. */
5234 DEFHOOK
5235 (emit_call_builtin___clear_cache,
5236 "On targets that do not define a @code{clear_cache} insn expander,\n\
5237 but that define the @code{CLEAR_CACHE_INSN} macro,\n\
5238 maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache relies on this target hook\n\
5239 to clear an address range in the instruction cache.\n\
5241 The default implementation calls the @code{__clear_cache} builtin,\n\
5242 taking the assembler name from the builtin declaration. Overriding\n\
5243 definitions may call alternate functions, with alternate calling\n\
5244 conventions, or emit alternate RTX to perform the job.",
5245 void, (rtx begin, rtx end),
5246 default_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache)
5248 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5249 DEFHOOK
5250 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5251 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5252 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5253 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5254 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5255 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5256 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5257 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5258 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5260 DEFHOOKPOD
5261 (custom_function_descriptors,
5262 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
5263 functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
5264 in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
5265 run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
5266 pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\
5267 targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
5268 value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
5269 reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
5271 Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
5272 function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
5273 HPPA or IA-64.\n\
5275 Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5276 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5277 it to be made executable.",
5278 int, -1)
5280 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5281 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5282 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5283 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5284 DEFHOOK
5285 (return_pops_args,
5286 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5287 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5288 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5290 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5291 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5292 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5293 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5295 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5296 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5297 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5298 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5299 arguments (if known).\n\
5301 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5302 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5303 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5304 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5305 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5306 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5308 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5309 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5310 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5312 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5313 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5314 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5315 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5316 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5317 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5318 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5319 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5320 number of arguments.",
5321 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5322 default_return_pops_args)
5324 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5325 returned. */
5326 DEFHOOK
5327 (get_raw_result_mode,
5328 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\n\
5329 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\n\
5330 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5331 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5332 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5334 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5335 passed. */
5336 DEFHOOK
5337 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5338 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\n\
5339 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\n\
5340 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5341 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5342 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5344 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5345 DEFHOOK
5346 (empty_record_p,
5347 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5348 is to return @code{false}.",
5349 bool, (const_tree type),
5350 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5352 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5353 DEFHOOK
5354 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5355 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5356 ABI.",
5357 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5358 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5360 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5362 DEFHOOK
5363 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5364 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5365 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5366 bool, (void),
5367 hook_bool_void_false)
5369 DEFHOOK
5370 (init_pic_reg,
5371 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5372 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5373 void, (void),
5374 hook_void_void)
5376 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5377 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5378 DEFHOOK
5379 (invalid_conversion,
5380 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5381 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5382 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5383 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5384 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5386 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5387 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5388 DEFHOOK
5389 (invalid_unary_op,
5390 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5391 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5392 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5393 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5394 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5395 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5397 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5398 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5399 DEFHOOK
5400 (invalid_binary_op,
5401 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5402 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5403 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5404 the front end.",
5405 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5406 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5408 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5409 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5410 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5411 DEFHOOK
5412 (promoted_type,
5413 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5414 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5415 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5416 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5417 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5418 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5419 tree, (const_tree type),
5420 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5422 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5423 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5424 the standard conversion rules. */
5425 DEFHOOK
5426 (convert_to_type,
5427 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5428 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5429 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5430 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5431 conversion rules.\n\
5432 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5433 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5434 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5436 DEFHOOK
5437 (verify_type_context,
5438 "If defined, this hook returns false if there is a target-specific reason\n\
5439 why type @var{type} cannot be used in the source language context described\n\
5440 by @var{context}. When @var{silent_p} is false, the hook also reports an\n\
5441 error against @var{loc} for invalid uses of @var{type}.\n\
5443 Calls to this hook should be made through the global function\n\
5444 @code{verify_type_context}, which makes the @var{silent_p} parameter\n\
5445 default to false and also handles @code{error_mark_node}.\n\
5447 The default implementation always returns true.",
5448 bool, (location_t loc, type_context_kind context, const_tree type,
5449 bool silent_p),
5450 NULL)
5452 DEFHOOK
5453 (can_change_mode_class,
5454 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5455 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5456 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5457 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5458 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5460 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5461 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5462 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5463 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5464 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5465 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5467 @smallexample\n\
5468 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5469 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5470 @end smallexample\n\
5472 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5473 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5474 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5475 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5476 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5477 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5478 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5479 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5480 value that the middle-end intended.",
5481 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5482 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5484 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5485 DEFHOOK
5486 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5487 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5488 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5490 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5491 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5492 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5494 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5495 DEFHOOK
5496 (lra_p,
5497 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\n\
5499 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\n\
5500 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5501 bool, (void),
5502 default_lra_p)
5504 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5505 DEFHOOK
5506 (register_priority,
5507 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\n\
5508 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\n\
5509 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\n\
5510 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\n\
5511 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\n\
5512 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\n\
5513 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\n\
5514 and as result making the generated code smaller.\n\
5516 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5517 int, (int),
5518 default_register_priority)
5520 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5521 DEFHOOK
5522 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5523 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\n\
5524 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\n\
5525 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\n\
5526 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\n\
5527 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\n\
5528 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\n\
5529 optimizations.\n\
5531 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5532 bool, (void),
5533 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5535 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5536 DEFHOOK
5537 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5538 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\n\
5539 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\n\
5540 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\n\
5541 the insn.\n\
5543 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5544 bool, (void),
5545 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5547 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5548 instead of memory. */
5549 DEFHOOK
5550 (spill_class,
5551 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\n\
5552 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\n\
5553 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\n\
5554 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5555 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5556 NULL)
5558 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5559 DEFHOOK
5560 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5561 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\n\
5562 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\n\
5563 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\n\
5564 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\n\
5565 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\n\
5566 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5567 bool, (reg_class_t),
5568 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5570 DEFHOOK
5571 (cstore_mode,
5572 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\n\
5573 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\n\
5574 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\n\
5575 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\n\
5576 patterns.",
5577 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5578 default_cstore_mode)
5580 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5581 classes to use. */
5582 DEFHOOK
5583 (compute_pressure_classes,
5584 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\n\
5585 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\n\
5586 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\n\
5587 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5588 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5590 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5591 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5592 DEFHOOK
5593 (member_type_forces_blk,
5594 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5595 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5597 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5598 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5599 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5600 retain the field's mode.\n\
5602 Normally, this is not needed.",
5603 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5604 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5606 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.cc:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5607 that gate the divod transform. */
5608 DEFHOOK
5609 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5610 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5611 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5612 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5613 NULL)
5615 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5616 DEFHOOK
5617 (secondary_reload,
5618 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5619 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5620 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5621 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5622 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5623 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5624 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5625 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5626 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5627 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5628 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5629 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5631 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5632 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5633 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5634 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5635 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5636 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5637 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5638 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5639 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5640 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5642 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5644 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5645 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5646 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5647 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5648 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5650 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5651 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5652 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5653 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5654 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5655 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5657 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5658 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5659 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5660 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5661 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5663 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5664 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5665 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5666 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5667 single-register-class\n\
5668 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5669 output constraint.\n\
5671 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5672 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5673 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5674 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5676 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5677 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5678 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5679 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5680 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5681 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5682 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5683 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5686 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5687 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5688 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5689 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5691 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5692 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5693 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5695 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5696 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5697 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5698 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5699 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5700 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5701 reg_class_t,
5702 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5703 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5704 default_secondary_reload)
5706 DEFHOOK
5707 (secondary_memory_needed,
5708 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5709 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5710 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5711 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5712 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5713 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5714 false for all inputs.",
5715 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5716 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5718 DEFHOOK
5719 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5720 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5721 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5722 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5724 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5725 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5726 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5727 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5728 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5729 floating-point registers.\n\
5731 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5732 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5733 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5734 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5735 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.cc} for\n\
5736 details.\n\
5738 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5739 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5740 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5742 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5743 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5744 DEFHOOK
5745 (preferred_reload_class,
5746 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5747 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5748 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5749 another, smaller class.\n\
5751 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5753 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5754 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5755 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5756 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5757 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5759 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5760 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5761 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5762 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5763 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5764 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5765 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5766 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5767 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5768 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5769 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5771 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5772 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5773 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5774 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5775 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5776 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5777 reg_class_t,
5778 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5779 default_preferred_reload_class)
5781 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5782 input reloads. */
5783 DEFHOOK
5784 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5785 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5786 input reloads.\n\
5788 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5789 argument.\n\
5791 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5792 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5793 reg_class_t,
5794 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5795 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5797 DEFHOOK
5798 (select_early_remat_modes,
5799 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5800 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5801 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5802 recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5804 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5805 in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5806 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5807 void, (sbitmap modes),
5808 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5810 DEFHOOK
5811 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5812 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5813 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5814 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5816 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5817 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5818 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5819 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5820 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5822 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5823 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5824 pressure.",
5825 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5826 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5828 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5829 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5830 DEFHOOK
5831 (class_max_nregs,
5832 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5833 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5835 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5836 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5837 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5838 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5839 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5841 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5842 in the reload pass.\n\
5844 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5845 in words.",
5846 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5847 default_class_max_nregs)
5849 DEFHOOK
5850 (preferred_rename_class,
5851 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\n\
5852 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\n\
5853 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\n\
5854 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\n\
5855 is not implemented.\n\
5856 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5857 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\n\
5858 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\n\
5859 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\n\
5860 be reduced.",
5861 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5862 default_preferred_rename_class)
5864 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5865 during register allocation. */
5866 DEFHOOK
5867 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5868 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5869 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5870 register allocation.\n\
5871 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5872 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5873 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5874 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5875 bool, (rtx subst),
5876 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5878 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5879 displacement addressing. */
5880 DEFHOOK
5881 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5882 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5883 two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5884 a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5885 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5886 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5888 The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5889 anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5890 from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5891 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5892 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5894 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5895 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5896 DEFHOOK
5897 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5898 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5899 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5900 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5901 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5902 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5903 usage.",
5904 void, (void),
5905 hook_void_void)
5907 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5908 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5909 but will be later. */
5910 DEFHOOK
5911 (instantiate_decls,
5912 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5913 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5914 void, (void),
5915 hook_void_void)
5917 DEFHOOK
5918 (hard_regno_nregs,
5919 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5920 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5921 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5922 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5923 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5924 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5926 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5927 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5928 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5930 DEFHOOK
5931 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5932 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5933 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5934 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5935 unconditionally.\n\
5937 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5938 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5940 @cindex register pairs\n\
5941 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5942 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5943 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5945 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5946 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5947 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5948 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5950 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5951 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5952 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5953 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5954 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5955 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5956 modes to be tieable.\n\
5958 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5959 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5960 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5961 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5962 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5963 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5965 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5966 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5967 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5968 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5969 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5970 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5971 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5972 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5973 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5975 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5976 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5977 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5978 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5979 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5981 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5982 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5983 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5984 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5985 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5986 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5987 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5989 DEFHOOK
5990 (modes_tieable_p,
5991 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5992 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5994 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5995 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5996 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5997 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5998 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5999 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
6000 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
6002 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
6003 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
6004 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
6005 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
6006 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
6008 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
6009 in peephole2. */
6010 DEFHOOK
6011 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
6012 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
6013 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
6015 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
6016 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
6018 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
6019 bool, (unsigned int regno),
6020 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
6022 DEFHOOK
6023 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
6024 "ABIs usually specify that calls must preserve the full contents\n\
6025 of a particular register, or that calls can alter any part of a\n\
6026 particular register. This information is captured by the target macro\n\
6027 @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}. However, some ABIs specify that calls\n\
6028 must preserve certain bits of a particular register but can alter others.\n\
6029 This hook should return true if this applies to at least one of the\n\
6030 registers in @samp{(reg:@var{mode} @var{regno})}, and if as a result the\n\
6031 call would alter part of the @var{mode} value. For example, if a call\n\
6032 preserves the low 32 bits of a 64-bit hard register @var{regno} but can\n\
6033 clobber the upper 32 bits, this hook should return true for a 64-bit mode\n\
6034 but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
6036 The value of @var{abi_id} comes from the @code{predefined_function_abi}\n\
6037 structure that describes the ABI of the call; see the definition of the\n\
6038 structure for more details. If (as is usual) the target uses the same ABI\n\
6039 for all functions in a translation unit, @var{abi_id} is always 0.\n\
6041 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
6042 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
6043 bool, (unsigned int abi_id, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
6044 hook_bool_uint_uint_mode_false)
6046 DEFHOOK
6047 (get_multilib_abi_name,
6048 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.",
6049 const char *, (void),
6050 hook_constcharptr_void_null)
6052 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
6053 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
6054 DEFHOOK
6055 (case_values_threshold,
6056 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
6057 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
6058 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
6059 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
6060 unsigned int, (void),
6061 default_case_values_threshold)
6063 DEFHOOK
6064 (starting_frame_offset,
6065 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
6066 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
6067 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
6068 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
6069 implementation returns 0.",
6070 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6071 hook_hwi_void_0)
6073 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
6074 DEFHOOK
6075 (compute_frame_layout,
6076 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
6077 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
6078 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
6079 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
6080 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
6081 this callback is optional.",
6082 void, (void),
6083 hook_void_void)
6085 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
6086 DEFHOOK
6087 (frame_pointer_required,
6088 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
6089 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
6090 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
6092 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
6093 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
6094 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
6095 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
6096 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
6097 pointer.\n\
6099 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
6100 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
6101 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
6102 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
6103 them.\n\
6105 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
6106 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
6107 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
6109 Default return value is @code{false}.",
6110 bool, (void),
6111 hook_bool_void_false)
6113 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
6114 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
6115 DEFHOOK
6116 (can_eliminate,
6117 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
6118 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
6119 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
6120 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
6121 knows about.\n\
6123 Default return value is @code{true}.",
6124 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
6125 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
6127 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
6128 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
6129 target. */
6130 DEFHOOK
6131 (conditional_register_usage,
6132 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
6133 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
6134 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
6135 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
6136 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
6137 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
6138 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
6139 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
6140 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
6141 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
6142 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
6143 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
6144 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
6145 command options have been applied.\n\
6147 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
6148 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
6149 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
6150 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
6151 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
6152 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
6153 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
6154 that shouldn't be used.\n\
6156 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
6157 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
6158 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
6159 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
6160 void, (void),
6161 hook_void_void)
6163 DEFHOOK
6164 (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
6165 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
6166 When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance\n\
6167 up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
6168 On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
6169 Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise.\n\
6170 Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\n\
6171 of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
6172 You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
6173 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6174 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
6177 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
6178 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6179 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
6180 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
6182 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
6183 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
6184 (mode_for_suffix,
6185 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
6186 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
6187 machine_mode, (char c),
6188 default_mode_for_suffix)
6190 DEFHOOK
6191 (excess_precision,
6192 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\n\
6193 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\n\
6194 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\n\
6195 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST},\n\
6196 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}, or\n\
6197 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16}. For\n\
6198 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\n\
6199 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\n\
6200 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\n\
6201 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}, \n\
6202 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16}, and\n\
6203 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\n\
6204 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\n\
6205 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{|}16@r{]}}.\n\
6206 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\n\
6207 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\n\
6208 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD},\n\
6209 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16} or\n\
6210 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
6211 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
6212 default_excess_precision)
6214 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
6216 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
6217 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6218 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
6219 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
6221 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
6222 DEFHOOK
6223 (guard_type,
6224 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
6225 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
6226 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
6227 tree, (void),
6228 default_cxx_guard_type)
6230 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
6231 DEFHOOK
6232 (guard_mask_bit,
6233 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
6234 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
6235 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
6236 bool, (void),
6237 hook_bool_void_false)
6239 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
6240 DEFHOOK
6241 (get_cookie_size,
6242 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
6243 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
6244 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
6245 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
6246 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
6247 tree, (tree type),
6248 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6250 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
6251 DEFHOOK
6252 (cookie_has_size,
6253 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6254 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
6255 bool, (void),
6256 hook_bool_void_false)
6258 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6259 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
6260 DEFHOOK
6261 (import_export_class,
6262 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6263 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6264 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6265 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
6266 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6267 backend's targeted operating system.",
6268 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6270 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
6271 DEFHOOK
6272 (cdtor_returns_this,
6273 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6274 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
6275 @code{false}.",
6276 bool, (void),
6277 hook_bool_void_false)
6279 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6280 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6281 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6282 DEFHOOK
6283 (key_method_may_be_inline,
6284 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6285 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6286 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
6287 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6288 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6289 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6290 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
6291 bool, (void),
6292 hook_bool_void_true)
6294 DEFHOOK
6295 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6296 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\n\
6297 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\n\
6298 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\n\
6299 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\n\
6300 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\n\
6301 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6302 void, (tree decl),
6303 hook_void_tree)
6305 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6306 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6307 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6308 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6309 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6310 DEFHOOK
6311 (class_data_always_comdat,
6312 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6313 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6314 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6315 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6316 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6317 bool, (void),
6318 hook_bool_void_true)
6320 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6321 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6322 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6323 DEFHOOK
6324 (library_rtti_comdat,
6325 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6326 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6327 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6328 bool, (void),
6329 hook_bool_void_true)
6331 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6332 destructors. */
6333 DEFHOOK
6334 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6335 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6336 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6337 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6338 bool, (void),
6339 hook_bool_void_false)
6341 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6342 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6343 DEFHOOK
6344 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6345 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6346 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6347 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6348 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6349 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6350 bool, (void),
6351 hook_bool_void_false)
6353 DEFHOOK
6354 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6355 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\n\
6356 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\n\
6357 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6358 void, (tree type),
6359 hook_void_tree)
6361 DEFHOOK
6362 (decl_mangling_context,
6363 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6364 tree, (const_tree decl),
6365 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6367 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6369 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6370 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6371 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6372 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6374 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6375 DEFHOOKPOD
6376 (get_address,
6377 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6378 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6379 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6380 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6382 DEFHOOKPOD
6383 (register_common,
6384 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6385 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6386 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6387 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6388 registration function to be used.",
6389 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6391 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6392 DEFHOOKPOD
6393 (var_section,
6394 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6395 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6396 any section.",
6397 const char *, NULL)
6399 DEFHOOKPOD
6400 (tmpl_section,
6401 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6402 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6403 section.",
6404 const char *, NULL)
6406 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6407 DEFHOOKPOD
6408 (var_prefix,
6409 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6410 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6411 const char *, NULL)
6413 DEFHOOKPOD
6414 (tmpl_prefix,
6415 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6416 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6417 const char *, NULL)
6419 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6420 DEFHOOK
6421 (var_fields,
6422 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6423 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6424 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6425 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6426 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6427 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6428 default_emutls_var_fields)
6430 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6431 DEFHOOK
6432 (var_init,
6433 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6434 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6435 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6436 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6437 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6438 default_emutls_var_init)
6440 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6441 proxy variable. */
6442 DEFHOOKPOD
6443 (var_align_fixed,
6444 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6445 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6446 single objects. The default is false.",
6447 bool, false)
6449 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6450 DEFHOOKPOD
6451 (debug_form_tls_address,
6452 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6453 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6454 bool, false)
6456 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6458 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6459 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6460 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6462 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6463 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6464 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6465 DEFHOOK
6466 (valid_attribute_p,
6467 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6468 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6469 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6470 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6471 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6473 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6474 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6475 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6476 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6477 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6479 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6480 DEFHOOK
6481 (save,
6482 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6483 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6484 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6485 @xref{Option file format}.",
6486 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts,
6487 struct gcc_options *opts_set), NULL)
6489 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6490 structure. */
6491 DEFHOOK
6492 (restore,
6493 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6494 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6495 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6496 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct gcc_options *opts_set,
6497 struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6499 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6500 streamed in. */
6501 DEFHOOK
6502 (post_stream_in,
6503 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6504 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6505 LTO bytecode.",
6506 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6508 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6509 structure. */
6510 DEFHOOK
6511 (print,
6512 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6513 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6514 function-specific options.",
6515 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6517 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6518 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6519 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6520 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6521 DEFHOOK
6522 (pragma_parse,
6523 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6524 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6525 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6526 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6527 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6528 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6530 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6531 DEFHOOK
6532 (override,
6533 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6534 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6535 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6536 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6538 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6539 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6541 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6542 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6543 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6544 void, (void),
6545 hook_void_void)
6547 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6548 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6549 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6550 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6551 DEFHOOK
6552 (function_versions,
6553 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6554 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6555 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6556 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6557 different target machines.",
6558 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6559 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6561 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6562 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6563 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6564 DEFHOOK
6565 (can_inline_p,
6566 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6567 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6568 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6569 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6570 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6571 default_target_can_inline_p)
6573 DEFHOOK
6574 (update_ipa_fn_target_info,
6575 "Allow target to analyze all gimple statements for the given function to\n\
6576 record and update some target specific information for inlining. A typical\n\
6577 example is that a caller with one isa feature disabled is normally not\n\
6578 allowed to inline a callee with that same isa feature enabled even which is\n\
6579 attributed by always_inline, but with the conservative analysis on all\n\
6580 statements of the callee if we are able to guarantee the callee does not\n\
6581 exploit any instructions from the mismatch isa feature, it would be safe to\n\
6582 allow the caller to inline the callee.\n\
6583 @var{info} is one @code{unsigned int} value to record information in which\n\
6584 one set bit indicates one corresponding feature is detected in the analysis,\n\
6585 @var{stmt} is the statement being analyzed. Return true if target still\n\
6586 need to analyze the subsequent statements, otherwise return false to stop\n\
6587 subsequent analysis.\n\
6588 The default version of this hook returns false.",
6589 bool, (unsigned int& info, const gimple* stmt),
6590 default_update_ipa_fn_target_info)
6592 DEFHOOK
6593 (need_ipa_fn_target_info,
6594 "Allow target to check early whether it is necessary to analyze all gimple\n\
6595 statements in the given function to update target specific information for\n\
6596 inlining. See hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info} for usage example of\n\
6597 target specific information. This hook is expected to be invoked ahead of\n\
6598 the iterating with hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info}.\n\
6599 @var{decl} is the function being analyzed, @var{info} is the same as what\n\
6600 in hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info}, target can do one time update\n\
6601 into @var{info} without iterating for some case. Return true if target\n\
6602 decides to analyze all gimple statements to collect information, otherwise\n\
6603 return false.\n\
6604 The default version of this hook returns false.",
6605 bool, (const_tree decl, unsigned int& info),
6606 default_need_ipa_fn_target_info)
6608 DEFHOOK
6609 (relayout_function,
6610 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed.\n\
6611 Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated\n\
6612 with the attribute target.",
6613 void, (tree fndecl),
6614 hook_void_tree)
6616 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6618 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6619 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6620 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6621 DEFHOOK
6622 (extra_live_on_entry,
6623 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6624 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6625 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6626 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6627 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6628 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6629 void, (bitmap regs),
6630 hook_void_bitmap)
6632 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6633 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6634 definition. */
6635 DEFHOOKPOD
6636 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6637 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6638 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6639 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6640 linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6641 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6642 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6643 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6644 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6645 bool,
6646 false)
6648 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6649 DEFHOOK
6650 (set_up_by_prologue,
6651 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\n\
6652 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6653 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6654 NULL)
6656 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6657 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6658 function attribute. */
6659 DEFHOOK
6660 (warn_func_return,
6661 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching\n\
6662 the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end\n\
6663 of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6664 bool, (tree),
6665 hook_bool_tree_true)
6667 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6668 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6669 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6671 DEFHOOK
6672 (get_separate_components,
6673 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6674 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6675 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6676 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6677 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6678 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6679 sbitmap, (void),
6680 NULL)
6682 DEFHOOK
6683 (components_for_bb,
6684 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6685 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6686 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6687 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6688 NULL)
6690 DEFHOOK
6691 (disqualify_components,
6692 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6693 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6694 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6695 epilogue instead.",
6696 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6697 NULL)
6699 DEFHOOK
6700 (emit_prologue_components,
6701 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6702 void, (sbitmap),
6703 NULL)
6705 DEFHOOK
6706 (emit_epilogue_components,
6707 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6708 void, (sbitmap),
6709 NULL)
6711 DEFHOOK
6712 (set_handled_components,
6713 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6714 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6715 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6716 will be deleted after this call.",
6717 void, (sbitmap),
6718 NULL)
6720 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6721 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6722 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6724 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6725 DEFHOOK
6726 (debug_unwind_info,
6727 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6728 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6729 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6730 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6732 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6733 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6735 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6736 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6737 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6738 default_debug_unwind_info)
6740 DEFHOOK
6741 (reset_location_view,
6742 "This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6743 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6744 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6745 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6747 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6748 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6749 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6750 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6751 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6753 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6754 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6755 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6757 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6758 defined at this time. */
6759 DEFHOOK
6760 (canonicalize_comparison,
6761 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6762 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6763 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6764 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6766 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6767 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6768 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6769 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6770 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6771 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6772 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6774 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6775 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6776 @file{md} file.\n\
6778 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6779 comparison code or operands.",
6780 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6781 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6783 DEFHOOK
6784 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6785 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6786 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6787 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6789 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6790 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6791 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6793 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6794 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6795 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6797 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6798 defined to 1.",
6799 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6801 DEFHOOKPOD
6802 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6803 "This value should be set if the result written by\n\
6804 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\n\
6805 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6806 unsigned char, 1)
6808 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6809 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6810 as needed. */
6811 DEFHOOK
6812 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6813 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\n\
6814 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\n\
6815 default alignment for the specified mode is used.",
6816 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6817 hook_uint_mode_0)
6819 DEFHOOK
6820 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6821 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\n\
6822 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\n\
6823 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence.\n\
6824 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\n\
6825 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\n\
6826 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\n\
6827 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\n\
6828 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\n\
6829 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\n\
6830 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\n\
6831 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\n\
6832 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\n\
6833 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\n\
6834 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\n\
6835 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6836 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6837 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6839 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6841 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6842 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6843 DEFHOOKPOD
6844 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6845 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6846 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6847 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6848 bool, false)
6850 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6851 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6852 DEFHOOKPOD
6853 (have_ctors_dtors,
6854 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6855 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6856 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6857 bool, false)
6859 /* True if the target wants DTORs to be run from cxa_atexit. */
6860 DEFHOOKPOD
6861 (dtors_from_cxa_atexit,
6862 "This value is true if the target wants destructors to be queued to be\n\
6863 run from __cxa_atexit. If this is the case then, for each priority level,\n\
6864 a new constructor will be entered that registers the destructors for that\n\
6865 level with __cxa_atexit (and there will be no destructors emitted).\n\
6866 It is false the method implied by @code{have_ctors_dtors} is used.",
6867 bool, false)
6869 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6870 DEFHOOKPOD
6871 (have_tls,
6872 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6873 The default value is false.",
6874 bool, false)
6876 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6877 DEFHOOKPOD
6878 (have_srodata_section,
6879 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6880 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6881 bool, false)
6883 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6884 DEFHOOKPOD
6885 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6886 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6887 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6888 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6889 true otherwise.",
6890 bool, true)
6892 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6893 DEFHOOKPOD
6894 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6895 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6896 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6897 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6898 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6899 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6900 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6901 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6903 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6904 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6905 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6906 bool, false)
6908 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6909 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6910 DEFHOOKPOD
6911 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6912 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6913 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6914 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6915 this to be done. The default is false.",
6916 bool, false)
6918 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6919 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6920 DEFHOOKPOD
6921 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6922 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6923 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6924 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6925 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6926 bool, false)
6928 DEFHOOKPOD
6929 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6930 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\n\
6931 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\n\
6932 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6933 bool, false)
6935 DEFHOOKPOD
6936 (delay_sched2,
6937 "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6938 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6939 bool, false)
6941 DEFHOOKPOD
6942 (delay_vartrack,
6943 "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6944 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6945 bool, false)
6947 DEFHOOKPOD
6948 (no_register_allocation,
6949 "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6950 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6951 targets.",
6952 bool, false)
6954 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6956 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6957 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6958 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6959 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6961 DEFHOOK
6962 (emit,
6963 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}.\n\
6964 @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where\n\
6965 the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode\n\
6966 to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before\n\
6967 sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6968 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6970 DEFHOOK
6971 (needed,
6972 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.\n\
6973 If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro\n\
6974 to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element\n\
6975 in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity}\n\
6976 must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6977 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6979 DEFHOOK
6980 (after,
6981 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.\n\
6982 If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode\n\
6983 switching. It determines the mode that an insn results\n\
6984 in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6985 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6987 DEFHOOK
6988 (entry,
6989 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that\n\
6990 needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode\n\
6991 that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry.\n\
6992 If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT}\n\
6993 must be defined.",
6994 int, (int entity), NULL)
6996 DEFHOOK
6997 (exit,
6998 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that\n\
6999 needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode\n\
7000 that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit.\n\
7001 If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}\n\
7002 must be defined.",
7003 int, (int entity), NULL)
7005 DEFHOOK
7006 (priority,
7007 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity}\n\
7008 are processed. 0 is the highest priority,\n\
7009 @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest.\n\
7010 The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode\n\
7011 for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority}\n\
7012 (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{}\n\
7013 @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
7014 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
7016 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
7018 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
7019 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MEMTAG_"
7020 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_MEMTAG_, memtag)
7022 DEFHOOK
7023 (can_tag_addresses,
7024 "True if the backend architecture naturally supports ignoring some region\n\
7025 of pointers. This feature means that @option{-fsanitize=hwaddress} can\n\
7026 work.\n\
7028 At preset, this feature does not support address spaces. It also requires\n\
7029 @code{Pmode} to be the same as @code{ptr_mode}.",
7030 bool, (), default_memtag_can_tag_addresses)
7032 DEFHOOK
7033 (tag_size,
7034 "Return the size of a tag (in bits) for this platform.\n\
7036 The default returns 8.",
7037 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_tag_size)
7039 DEFHOOK
7040 (granule_size,
7041 "Return the size in real memory that each byte in shadow memory refers to.\n\
7042 I.e. if a variable is @var{X} bytes long in memory, then this hook should\n\
7043 return the value @var{Y} such that the tag in shadow memory spans\n\
7044 @var{X}/@var{Y} bytes.\n\
7046 Most variables will need to be aligned to this amount since two variables\n\
7047 that are neighbors in memory and share a tag granule would need to share\n\
7048 the same tag.\n\
7050 The default returns 16.",
7051 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_granule_size)
7053 DEFHOOK
7054 (insert_random_tag,
7055 "Return an RTX representing the value of @var{untagged} but with a\n\
7056 (possibly) random tag in it.\n\
7057 Put that value into @var{target} if it is convenient to do so.\n\
7058 This function is used to generate a tagged base for the current stack frame.",
7059 rtx, (rtx untagged, rtx target), default_memtag_insert_random_tag)
7061 DEFHOOK
7062 (add_tag,
7063 "Return an RTX that represents the result of adding @var{addr_offset} to\n\
7064 the address in pointer @var{base} and @var{tag_offset} to the tag in pointer\n\
7065 @var{base}.\n\
7066 The resulting RTX must either be a valid memory address or be able to get\n\
7067 put into an operand with @code{force_operand}.\n\
7069 Unlike other memtag hooks, this must return an expression and not emit any\n\
7070 RTL.",
7071 rtx, (rtx base, poly_int64 addr_offset, uint8_t tag_offset),
7072 default_memtag_add_tag)
7074 DEFHOOK
7075 (set_tag,
7076 "Return an RTX representing @var{untagged_base} but with the tag @var{tag}.\n\
7077 Try and store this in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
7078 @var{untagged_base} is required to have a zero tag when this hook is called.\n\
7079 The default of this hook is to set the top byte of @var{untagged_base} to\n\
7080 @var{tag}.",
7081 rtx, (rtx untagged_base, rtx tag, rtx target), default_memtag_set_tag)
7083 DEFHOOK
7084 (extract_tag,
7085 "Return an RTX representing the tag stored in @var{tagged_pointer}.\n\
7086 Store the result in @var{target} if it is convenient.\n\
7087 The default represents the top byte of the original pointer.",
7088 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_extract_tag)
7090 DEFHOOK
7091 (untagged_pointer,
7092 "Return an RTX representing @var{tagged_pointer} with its tag set to zero.\n\
7093 Store the result in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
7094 The default clears the top byte of the original pointer.",
7095 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_untagged_pointer)
7097 HOOK_VECTOR_END (memtag)
7098 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
7099 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
7101 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7102 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
7103 #include "target-insns.def"
7104 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7106 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7107 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
7108 #include "target-insns.def"
7109 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7111 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7112 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
7113 #include "target-insns.def"
7114 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7116 DEFHOOK
7117 (run_target_selftests,
7118 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
7119 void, (void),
7120 NULL)
7122 DEFHOOK
7123 (gcov_type_size,
7124 "Returns the gcov type size in bits. This type is used for example for\n\
7125 counters incremented by profiling and code-coverage events. The default\n\
7126 value is 64, if the type size of long long is greater than 32, otherwise the\n\
7127 default value is 32. A 64-bit type is recommended to avoid overflows of the\n\
7128 counters. If the @option{-fprofile-update=atomic} is used, then the\n\
7129 counters are incremented using atomic operations. Targets not supporting\n\
7130 64-bit atomic operations may override the default value and request a 32-bit\n\
7131 type.",
7132 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void), default_gcov_type_size)
7134 /* This value represents whether the shadow call stack is implemented on
7135 the target platform. */
7136 DEFHOOKPOD
7137 (have_shadow_call_stack,
7138 "This value is true if the target platform supports\n\
7139 @option{-fsanitize=shadow-call-stack}. The default value is false.",
7140 bool, false)
7142 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
7143 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)